HomeMy WebLinkAbout17906 43RD AVE NE_046093_2026 INSPECTION REPORT
4ti1N G TO Permit No.: 0`/ (o 69 3 Lot #:
Address: 1 7 qo a (4 3 ✓���
Contractor: C0:.^
Owner:
jNG
Date:
❑ APPROVAL ❑ PARTIAL APPROVAL
❑ VIOLATION ❑ CORRECTION REQUESTED
❑ Corrections listed below MUST BE MADE before work can be approved.
❑ Please contact inspector.
❑ Was not able to perform inspection.
❑ CALL 435-0674 FOR RE-INSPECTION - 24 hour notice required.
Inspector: Date: 2-27-0 7
TYPE OF INSPECTION REQUESTED
❑ Under-floor ❑ Framing ❑ Gas Piping
❑ Footing ❑ Drywall, Nailing ❑ Consultation
❑ Foundation ❑ Shear Nailing ❑ Groundwork
❑ Mechanical ❑ Grid ❑IStruct. Slab
❑ Wood Stove ❑ Rough-in X Final
❑ Masonry ❑ Drainage ❑ Insulation
❑ Other:
. .
mKb
ON
1 ' '
ON 1■■ mm 1 ■ ■ J ■ rllllml
■ ` L r' NOT '■m W. !7 ' 1 7T.' 1
TT� 1
■ OEM ■ ■ = ■ EME L
EME1ON ■ ■ ■ ■ J ■ ■ NO ■ ■ 1 L
■
L ■,■ .-:om ■ ■
I
i A f MM` . 1 ■ r—
J NO . . EME ■ M ■
■ : 1 1 ' M _ ■ ■ ■ _
OEM ■ ■ ■ _ ■ ■ ON ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 I
MEM ■ ■ ' ME ': 1 i ow NO
Cl- IT'Y C)F= ARLIfVGT"rM
C:C11V E3 T. H U i:-'v 1 U h•! "L F2 M T T-
1 -�EEF2M I T' tom!C] F.6C3 -:3
Owner: CITY OF MARYSVILLE, WATER TREATMENT 80 COLUMBIA AVE MARYSVILLE
Value of Work: $300, Ut ttl. 00 Tax ILA: :310521--00::3--006 -00 Phone: 3bO. 651. .`.'3100
Describe Work: INSTALL MECH
Proposed Use: WATER TREATMENT FA(_1L1TY
Legal Description:
Job Address: 17906 43RD AVE ME
Contractor's Name Type Address License#
BLYTHE PLUMBING & HEATING MEC 2201 HUMBOLDT ST BLYT.HI*2:5LO
P E R M I T F E E S
Equipment and Fixtures Number
FURNACE/UNIT Number Fee Total Charge I
rHEATER 9 $15. 00 $135, 00
VENTILATION FANS 7 $7. 00 $49, 00
GAS PIPING 15 OUTLETS 1 $14. 50 $14. 50
S U B T O T A L. . . . . . $i 198. 50
TOTALS Fee
Equipment $198. 50
Mech Permit $24. 00
SIGNATURE-
TOTAL FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $222. 50 I BY CRT l THAT I HAVE READ
AND A _ NED THIS APPLICATION AND
PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $0. 00 KNO TIE SAME TO BE TRUE AND COR-
REC A L PR VISION OF AWS AND
TOTAL DUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $222. 50 OR ) NA3CES VERN G T S TYPE OF
Wt. h ILL B _ED _TH WHETHER
S I IED-I N 1'.
DATE11 � RECEIPT
IL ING OFF CI AL
IRUo.piz O ^
' ■ ` ■ MEN NJ, . , , l TIC' i T I'. 1 ' r ' W'P '■ ME I . A. ' J
ar
7
■ 1 1 ■ 10 ■ 1 IN
, ■ ■ ■
, ■ MEMO�
■ ■ ' ■7 ' ■ ■
_ ■, _E
_mommom Eq . . . .
■ ■ . . '
LTMINNE ■ j sommumiW mum.1 memI• T NINE r ■ Ir ■
1 ■ ME 0 ■ J ' ■ ■ ■ ■ r ■ L■ ' ll ' ■ 7 ■Z ' ■ . 1,
1 . ■ ■ ■ L 1
I' 7immums ME mm, NOON mommommoll mom J ' 11 ' ' A Tr"%jIT ' '
MEN . . � � 1 ■ ■ ■ T r J ' ' r� '
17 • I _ _ ■ ■ _ i T �. 1 ME ■
wool au r
■ M, ■ SEE —*60 , i:. , ' ■ ■
. MOM MEN
� 0�'7 0 ME
■ ■ MOM ■ ■ ME
MEN 91 0
- IJ . ! , A
. ' r NO 1
• 1
i
CITY OF AR L I N GTO N Invoice No. 20056092
238 N. Olympic Ave.
On Arlington, WA 98223
360-403-3431 fax 360.403.3447
INVOICE -
Customer
Name CITY OF MARYSVILLE Date 12/5/2005
Address 80 COLUMBIA AVE_ Order No. 6092-6093
City MARYSVILLE State WA ZIP 98270 PO E006
Phone 360.363.8279 FOB
QTY Description Item TOTAL 1
1 PERMIT#05-6092 $115.00 $115.00 j
1 PERMIT#05-6093 $222.50 $222.50
Any question regarding this invoice please contact
Linda Friddle @ 360.403.3431
Ifriddle(cDci.arlington.wa.us
SubTotal $337.50
Payment Details
O Cash
OO Check
O Credit Card TOTAL $337.50
Name
CC# Please send payment Attention
Expires Building Department
Make check payable to City of Arlington
If you have questions regarding this invoice please call(360) 403-3431
ti
n:
1 ,
i
11/13/2005 SUN 10:41 FAX 360�38284 ..� 2001/002
a
City of Mar s�,1llp
Fax 80-Columl iia .--kvenue
-Mar s�tle, WA 9,Z/0
{
I
To., L... r.r ' r; From: ,. F"•�.{r. ;
Fax. (�!' , �/C . �. i `�; ]
Pages:
Phone
Date:
1 Urgent I For your review Reply R Y ASAP Please comment I
X
Public Worsts
Patrick L. Gruenh,10,e1, R.G.
f'rafCc(Managrr
►Y��11 y V���4 ` Call(360)363.B75"/.
Fax(:tGO)3G3•lS7UA
• /'�M r.,o,,; w^,;��m.dl,prrurnh�igcn%q.i.mary:;vil(�,wd,us j
Web:cf.mal'ysviUe.wamr. ,
80 cot )II)ia Menuc
Mmy5yitl 'Washitit,,loo 98270 ;
■ ■ ■
■ ■ � ■ -
■ �_
■ J ■
■ ■ �
■
■ ■ '
■ ■ ■ � � �
. ■
■� � ■ ■
City of Arlington Mechanical/Plumbing Permit Application
For the
City of Marysville Stillaguamish River Water Treatment Plant
RECEIVE[)
R. *.
JUL 2 6 2004
COA BUILDING DEPT
Sections �G�, ,p 37434 Pages
f f�cISk -
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 7��3�0'Y v�DNAI-
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES I I_XFiHTS 12/02/o5
10200 Louvers and Vents............................................................ 10200- - 10200-5
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11000 Equipment General Provisions.......................................... 11000-1 - 11000-15
11100 Pumps, General................................................................ 11100-1 - 11100-8
11111 Horizontal ANSI End Suction Pumps ................................ 11111-1 - 11111-4
11149 Submersible Sump Pumps................................................ 11149-1 - 11149-4
11258 Chemical Feeding Equipment, General............................. 11258-1 - 11258-5
11263 Peristaltic Hose Pumps..................................................... 11263-1 - 11263-6
11268 Calibration Columns.......................................................... 11268-1 - 11268-1
11283 Sodium Hypochlorite System............................................ 11283-1 - 11283-4
11511 Compressors, Tank-Mounted, Reciprocating.................... 11511-1 - 11511-3
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13202 Surge Control System....................................................... 13202-1 - 13202-6
13675 Polyethylene Tanks........................................................... 13675-1 - 13675-8
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
14600 Hoists and Cranes, General.............................................. 14600-1 - 14600-3
14630 Bridge Cranes................................................................... 14630-1 - 14630-4
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15000 Piping, General................................................................. 15000-1 - 15000-10
15005 Piping Identification .......................................................... 15005-1 - 15005-4
15006 Pipe Supports................................................................... 15006-1 - 15006-7
15025 Steel Pipe (ASTM A 53/A 106,Modified) ........................... 15025-1 - 15025-3
15030 Stainless Steel Pipe (ASTM A 312,Modified) .................... 15030-1 - 15030-3
15037 Copper Water Tube (ASTM B 88,Modified)....................... 15037-1 - 15037-3
15045 Cast Iron Soil Pipe (ASTM A 74,Modified) ........................ 15045-1 - 15045-2
15060 Poly Vinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe,Solvent-Welded (ASTM
D 1785,Modified) .............................................................. 15060-1 - 15060-3
15075 Meters, General................................................................ 15075-1 - 15075-3
15081 Magnetic Flow Meters....................................................... 15081-1 - 15081-3
MWH-07223004 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1520315- STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE - 1
15084 Rotameters....................................................................... 15084-1 - 15084-2
15145 Pipe and Equipment Insulation.......................................... 15145-1 - 15145-3
15151 Wet Pipe Sprinkler Systems.............................................. 15151-1 15151-7
15183 Gauges.. ....................................................................... 15183-1 - 15183-3
15200 Valves, General ................................................................ 15200-1 - 15200-5
15201 Valve and Gate Actuators................................................. 15201-1 - 15201-7
15202 Butterfly Valves................................................................. 15202-1 - 15202-4
15203 Check Valves.................................................................... 15203-1 - 15203-4
15204 Ball Valves........................................................................ 15204-1 - 15204-3
15206 Gate Valves...................................................................... 15206-1 - 15206-2
15209 Diaphragm Valves............................................................. 15209-1 - 15209-2
15215 Pressure Reducing Valves................................................ 15215-1 - 15215-2
15230 Miscellaneous Valves ...................................................... 15230-1 - 15230-3
15235 Fire Hydrants............::.................................. 15235-1 - 15235-1
...................
15430 Plumbing Piping and Specialties....................................... 15430-1 - 15430-10
15440 Plumbing Fixtures............................................................. 15440-1 15440-4
15450 Plumbing Equipment......................................................... 15450-1 - 15450-4
15500 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning......................... 15500-1 15500-15
15650 Air Conditioning System.................................................... 15650-1 - 15650-5
15850 Fans, Blowers, and Ventilators.......................................... 15850-1 - 15850-3
MWH-07223004 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1520315- STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE - 2
SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all louvers and vents, and appurtenant WORK, complete
and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Manufacturer's Standards: The louvers and vents and their installation shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations and specifications.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Performance Requirements: Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific
performance requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been determined
in compliance with Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA), "Standard 500".
AMCA Certification: Where indicated, provide louvers with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal
evidencing that product complies with above requirement.
B. Comply with SMACNA(Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association)
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommendations for fabrication, construction details,
and installation procedures, except as otherwise indicated.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 — Contractor Submittals.
1. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's complete technical literature,specifications,
certified test data, where applicable, and installation instructions for products, including
finishes, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER.
2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units and
accessories. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections to
adjoining WORK. Indicate materials, finishes, fasteners,joinery, and other information
to determine compliance with requirements.
3. Material and Color Samples: six-inch square minimum, color and texture samples of
each finish shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review. The samples shall be
prepared on metal of the same gauge and alloy to be used in the WORK.Where normal
color and texture variations are to be expected, include two or more units of each
sample showing the limits of such variations.
4. Warranties: Furnish copies of the manufacturer's warranties covering the louvers.
MWH-07232004 LOUVERS AND VENTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP 10200-1
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Louvers shall be fixed continuous blade aluminum weather resistive louvers unless indicated
otherwise on Drawings.
B. Pre-assemble units in shop to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for
shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordinated
installation.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Sheet:ASTM B 209-Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and
Plate,Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming,or as otherwise recommended
by the metal producer to provide the required finish.
B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221-Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes, Alloy 6063-T52.
C. Fastenings: Fasteners shall be fabricated of the same material as the items fastened,
unless otherwise indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications may be stainless steel or
aluminum. Provide types, gauges and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Use Phillips
flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Anchors and Inserts: Anchors and inserts shall be non-ferrous metal or for exterior
installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Steel or lead expansion bolt
devices shall be used for drilled-in-place anchors. Concrete inserts shall be provided as
required.
E. Bituminous Paint: SSPC(Steel Structures Painting Council)-Paint 12 (cold-applied asphalt
mastic).
2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Provide louvers and accessories of the design, materials, sizes, depth, arrangement, and
metal thickness indicated, or if not indicated, as required for optimum performance with
respect to airflow; water penetration; air leakage, strength; durability; wind loading; and
uniform appearance. Wind resistance design load shall be as required for building location
per UBC and per local site conditions.
B. Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent construction with tolerances for
installation, including application of sealant in joints between louvers and adjoining WORK.
C. Include supports, anchors, and accessories required for complete assembly.
D. Provide concealed vertical mullions of the type and at spacing indicated or required but not
further apart than recommended by manufacturer or 72 inches on center, whichever is less.
At horizontal joints between louver units, provide horizontal mullions except where
continuous vertical assemblies are indicated.
MWH-07232004 LOUVERS AND VENTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP 10200-2
E. Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of the same material as the louvers, where
indicated or required for drainage to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to the interior.
F. Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding, except
where indicated otherwise or where field bolted connections between frame members are
made necessary by sizes of louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation
between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.
2.4 LOUVERS FINISH
A. Louvers and louver frames shall be provided with a Kynar 500 fluropolymer coating.Coating
shall be not less than 1 mil thick and not less than 70%full strength resin fluoropolymer.The
coating shall meet or exceed all requirements of American Architectural Manufacturers
Association's Specification Section 60512 entitled Voluntary Specification for High
Performance Organic Coatings On Architectural Extrusions and Panels. The coating shall
have an industry standard 5-year limited warranty against failure of the Kynar 500 finish.
B. Color shall be selected from the manufacturer's standard color chart as selected by the
ENGINEER.
2.5 LOUVER SCREENS
A. All exterior louvers shall have removable screens unless indicated otherwise.
B. Fabricate screen frames of the same metal as louver units to which they are secured,unless
otherwise indicated. Provide frames consisting of U-shaped metal for permanently securing
screen mesh.
C. Use bird screens where indicated, of 1/2-inch square mesh, 0.063-inch aluminum wire.
D. Locate screens on inside face of louvers, unless otherwise indicated. Secure screens to
louver frames with machine screws, spaced at each corner and at 12 inches on center
between corners.
E. Finish of louver screens and screen frames shall be mill finish.
2.6 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products, which may be incorporated into the WORK, include, but are not limited to, the
following: Rushkin, Arrow, or an approved equal.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery of Materials: Manufactured materials, products, and prefabricated components
shall be delivered in original, unbroken, packages, containers, or bundles bearing the name
of the manufacturer.
MWH-07232004 LOUVERS AND VENTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP 10200-3
B. Storage: All materials and products shall be carefully stored in conformance with the
manufacturers recommendations. Storage shall be in a manner that will prevent damage or
marring of the product and its finishes.
3.2 INSPECTION
A. Installer must thoroughly examine all substrates, areas and conditions under which
installation WORK of this Section is to be undertaken and notify CONTRACTOR in writing of
conditions detrimental to proper,timely and successful completion of the installation.WORK
shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION
A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams,templates, instructions and directions for installation
of anchors which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate
delivery of such items to project site.
B. Field Measurements:Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication,
wherever possible.
C. Shop Assembly: Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and
shop assembly to minimize field adjustments,splicing, mechanical joints, and field assembly
of units.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Louvers shall be installed in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and with shop
drawings.
B. Locate and place louver units plumb, level, and in proper alignment with adjacent WORK.
C. Use concealed anchors wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws
where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weather tight connection.
D. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and
openings for sealant and joint fillers, as indicated.
E. Repair finishes damaged by cutting,welding, soldering and grinding operations required for
fitting and jointing. Restore finishes so there is no evidence of corrective WORK. Items,
which cannot be acceptably refinished in the field, shall be returned to the shop for required
alterations. Such items shall be completely refinished or replaced, at the CONTRACTOR'S
option.
F. Protect galvanized and non-ferrous metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by
application of a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with
concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals.
G. Provide concealed gaskets, flashing, joint fillers, and insulation, and install as WORK
progresses to make installations weather tight.
H. Refer to Section 07920-Sealants and Caulking, for sealant to be used during installation of
louvers.
MWH-07232004 LOUVERS AND VENTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP 10200-4
3.5 PROTECTION
A. As the WORK of louver installation progresses, provide suitable protective coverings,
barriers, devices, or such other methods or procedures as may be necessary to protect
^ � components and materials from damage or deterioration.Such protective measures shall be
maintained in place throughout the remainder of the construction period.
3.6 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
I A. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, all protective coverings shall be
removed.
B. All exposed and finished surfaces of louver components and materials shall be finally
cleaned and inspected for damage, flaws, blemishes or other defects detrimental to
appearance. Surfaces, joints and exposed trim shall be in correct position and alignment
1 and be uniform in plane, color, texture and finish.
- END OF SECTION -
I
I
_ I
1
_ l
MWH-07232004 LOUVERS AND VENTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP 10200-5
� !�, .� 1 1
• , . , , �
� • ���
i • �j�
S'
i
!+
SECTION 11000 - EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all equipment and appurtenant work, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all equipment except where otherwise
indicated.
C. Equipment Arrangement: Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the arrangement of
equipment shown on the Drawings is based upon information available at the time of
design and is not intended to show exact dimensions particular to a specific
manufacturer in all cases. Some aspects of the Drawings are diagrammatic and some
features of the illustrated equipment arrangement may require revision to meet the
actual equipment requirements. Structural supports, foundations, piping and valve
connections, and electrical and instrumentation connections indicated may have to be
altered to accommodate the equipment provided. No additional payment will be made
for such revisions and alterations. Substantiating calculations and drawings shall be
submitted prior to beginning the installation of equipment.
D. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more pieces of equipment of the same type and
size are required, the equipment shall be produced by the same manufacturer.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Equipment shall be in accordance with the following standards, as applicable and as
indicated in each equipment specification:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA).
5. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE).
6. American Welding Society (AWS).
7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
8. Federal Specifications (FS).
9. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
10. Manufacturer's published recommendations and specifications.
11. General Industry Safety Orders (OSHA).
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-1
B. The following standards are referenced in this Section:
ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and
800
ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and flanged fittings, Steel, Nickel Alloy and other Special
Alloys
ANSI B46.1 Surface Texture
ANSI S12.6 Method for the Measurement of the Real-Ear Attenuation of Hearing
Protectors
ASME B1.20.1 General Purpose Pipe Threads (Inch)
ASME B31.1 Power Piping
AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In.
(100 mm through 3,600 mm)
AWWA D100 Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage
ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A 108 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Furnish complete drawings and technical information for equipment,
piping, valves, and controls. Where indicated or required by the ENGINEER, Shop
Drawings shall include clear, concise calculations showing equipment anchorage forces
and the capacities of the anchorage elements proposed by the CONTRACTOR.
C. Spare Parts List: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the manufacturer and submit
at the same time as Shop Drawings a list of suggested spare parts for each piece of
equipment. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone
number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment.
D. Torsion and Vibration Analyses
1. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for and submit torsional and lateral vibration
analyses for the following equipment types:
a. Engine drives except engine generators.
b. Pumps, blowers, and compressors with constant speed drives of 500
horsepower and greater.
c. Pumps, blowers and compressors with variable speed drives of 100
horsepower and greater.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-2
d. Vertical pumps with universal joints and extended shafts.
e. Other equipment as indicated.
2. An experienced specialist from the equipment manufacturer shall perform a
complete torsional and lateral vibration analysis of each distinct equipment, motor,
and variable speed drive. These analyses shall identify the dry and wet lateral
critical speeds plus the torsional critical speeds of the system. Appropriate lateral
and critical speed maps shall be produced and submitted.
3. No active critical speed shall be allowed within 25 percent of the operating speed
range. No fabrication of the equipment shall be started until the analyses have been
approved by the ENGINEER.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Costs: Responsibility shall be the CONTRACTORS for performing and paying the costs
of inspection, startup, testing, adjustment, and instruction services performed by factory
representatives. The OWNER will pay for costs of power and water. If available, the
OWNER'S operating personnel will provide assistance in the field testing,
B. Inspection: The CONTRACTOR shall inform the local authorities, such as building and
plumbing inspectors, fire marshall, OSHA inspectors, and others, to witness all required
tests for piping, plumbing, fire protection systems, pressure vessels, safety systems, and
related items to obtain all required permits and certificates, and shall pay all inspection
fees.
C. Quality and Tolerances: Tolerances and clearances shall be as shown on the Shop
Drawings and shall be closely adhered to.
1. Machine work shall in all cases be of high-grade workmanship and finish, with due
consideration to the special nature or function of the parts. Members without milled
ends and which are to be framed to other steel parts of the structure may have a
variation in the detailed length of not greater than 1/16-inch for members 30-feet or
less in length, and not greater than 1/8-inch for members over 30-feet in length.
2. Castings shall be homogeneous and free from non-metallic inclusions and defects.
Surfaces of castings which are not machined shall be cleaned to remove foundry
irregularities. Casting defects not exceeding 12.5 percent of the total thickness and
where defects will not affect the strength and serviceability of the casting may be
repaired by approved welding procedures. The ENGINEER shall be notified of
larger defects. No repair welding of such defects shall be carried out without the
ENGINEER'S written approval. If the removal of metal for repair reduces the stress
resisting cross-section of the casting by more than 25 percent or to such an extent
that the computed stress in the remaining metal exceeds the allowable stress by
more than 25 percent, then the casting may be rejected. Costs of casting new
material shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility as part of the WORK.
3. Materials shall meet the physical and mechanical properties in accordance with the
reference standards.
D. Machine Finish: The type of finish shall be the most suitable for the application and
shall be shown in micro-inches in accordance with ANSI B46.1. The following finishes
shall be used:
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-3
1. Surface roughness not greater than 63 micro-inches shall be required for all
surfaces in sliding contact.
2. Surface roughness not greater than 250 micro-inches shall be required for surfaces
in contact where a tight joint is not required.
3. Rough finish not greater than 500 micro-inches shall be required for other machined
surfaces.
4. Contact surfaces of shafts and stems which pass through stuffing boxes and contact
surfaces of bearings shall be finished to not greater than 32 micro-inches.
E. Manufacturer's Experience: Equipment manufacturer shall have a record of at least 5
years of successful, troublefree operation in similar applications and size equal or larger
than the equipment in this contract.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Noise Level: When in operation, no single piece of equipment shall exceed the OSHA
noise level requirement of 105 dBA for one hour exposure per day.
B. High Noise Level Location: The CONTRACTOR shall provide one personal hearing
protection station at each high noise level location. Locations are defined as follows:
1. Outdoor Location: Any single equipment item or any group of equipment items that
produce noise exceeding OSHA noise level requirements for a 2 hour exposure.
Where such equipment is separated by a distance of more than 20-feet, measured
between edges of footings, each group of equipment shall be provided with a
separate hearing protection station.
2. Indoor Location
a. Any single equipment item or any group of equipment items located within a
single room not normally occupied, that produces noise exceeding OSHA noise
level requirements for a 2 hour exposure.
b. Any single equipment item or any group of equipment items located within a
single room normally occupied by workers, that produces noise exceeding
OSHA noise level requirements for an 8 hour exposure.
C. Personal Hearing Protection: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish 3 pairs of high
attenuation hearing protectors in the original unopened packaging. The ear protectors
shall be capable of meeting the requirements of ANSI S12.6 and shall produce a noise
level reduction of 25 dBA at a frequency of 500 Hz. The hearing protectors shall have
fluid filled ear cushions and an adjustable, padded headband. The protectors shall be
stored in a weatherproof, labeled, steel cabinet, provided at an approved location near
the noise-producing equipment.
D. Drive Trains and Service Factors: Service factors shall be applied in the selection or
design of mechanical power transmission components. All components of drive train
assemblies between the prime mover and the driven equipment shall be designed and
rated to deliver the maximum peak or starting torque, speed, and horsepower. All of the
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-4
applicable service factors shall be considered, such as mechanical (type of prime
mover), load class, start frequency, ventilation, ambient temperature, and fan factors.
Drive train components include couplings, shafts, gears and gear drives, drive chains,
sprockets, and V-belt drives. Unless otherwise indicated, the following load
classifications shall apply in determining service factors:
Type of Equipment Service Factor Load Classification
Blowers
centrifugal or vane 1.0 Uniform
lobe 1.25 Moderate Shock
Centrifugal Fans 1.0 Uniform
Reciprocating Air Compressors
multi-cylinder 2.0 Heavy Shock
single-cylinder 2.0 Heavy Shock
Pumps
centrifugal or rotary 1.0 Uniform
reciprocating 1.8 Moderate Shock
progressing cavity 1.0 Uniform
Mixers
constant density 1.0 Uniform
variable density 1.25 Moderate Shock
rapid mixer 1.25 Moderate Shock
flocculator 1.25 Moderate Shock
sludge mixer 2.5 Moderate Shock
surface aerator 2.5 Heavy Shock
Vacuum Filters 1.25 Moderate Shock
Cranes or Hoists 1.25 Moderate Shock
E. Mechanical Service Factors
Mechanical Service Factors
Electric Motor Internal Combustion
Engine
Uniform 1.25 1.50
Moderate Shock 1.50 1.75
Heavy Shock 2.00 2.25
F. For thermal rating adjustments such as start frequency, ambient temperature, and hourly
duty cycle factor, ventilation factor, and fan factor, refer to gear manufacturer sizing
information.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-5
G. For service factors of electric motors, see Section 16460 - Electric Motors.
H. Where load classifications are not indicated, service factors based on AGMA 514.02
shall be used for standard load classifications and for flexible couplings.
I. Welding: Unless otherwise indicated, welding shall conform to the following'
1. Latest revision of AWWA D100.
2. Latest revision of AWWA C206.
3. Composite fabricated steel assemblies that are to be erected or installed inside a
hydraulic structure, including any fixed or movable structural components of
mechanical equipment, shall have continuous seal welds to prevent entrance of air
or moisture.
4. Welding shall be by the metal-arc method or gas-shielded arc method as described
in the American Welding Society's "Welding Handbook" as supplemented by other
pertinent standards of the AWS. Qualification of welders shall be in accordance
with the AWS Standards. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER
documentation that all welders have received certification.
5. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped,
supported, and restrained to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions. Weld
reinforcement shall be as specified by the AWS code. Upon completion of welding,
weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments shall be removed. Welds
shall be repaired to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours
and dimensions. Sharp corners of material that is to be painted or coated shall be
ground to a minimum of 1/32-inch on the flat.
J. Protective Coating: Equipment shall be painted or coated in accordance with Section
09800 - Protective Coating, unless otherwise indicated. Non-ferrous metal and
corrosion-resisting steel surfaces shall be coated with grease or lubricating oil. Coated
surfaces shall be protected from abrasion or other damage during handling, testing,
storing, assembly, and shipping.
K. Protection of Equipment: Equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise protected
from damage and moisture during shipment, handling, and storage. Equipment shall be
protected from exposure to corrosive fumes and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times.
Pumps, motors, drives, electrical equipment, and other equipment having anti-friction or
sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight storage facilities prior to installation. For
extended storage periods, plastic equipment wrappers should be avoided, to prevent
accumulation of condensate in gears and bearings. In addition, motor space heaters shall
be energized and shafts shall be rotated. Equipment delivered to the Site with rust or
corroded parts shall be rejected. If equipment develops defects during storage, it shall be
disassembled, cleaned, and recoated to restore it to original condition.
L. Identification of Equipment Items
1. At the time of shipping, each item of equipment shall have a legible identifying mark
corresponding to the equipment number in the Contract Documents for the
particular item.
2. After installation, each item of equipment shall be given permanent identification.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-6
a. Pumps, compressors, and blowers smaller than 100 horsepower shall receive
acrylic plastic nametags in accordance with Section 10400 — Identifying
Devices.
b. Pumps, compressors, and blowers larger than 150 horsepower shall receive
stainless steel plate nametags in accordance with Section 10400.
M. Vibration Isolators: Air compressors, blowers, engines, inline fans shall be provided
with restrained spring-type vibration isolators or pads per manufacturer's written
recommendations. Vibration isolations shall be provided with seismic restraint.
N. Shop Fabrication: Shop fabrication shall be performed in accordance with the Contract
Documents and the ENGINEER-approved Shop Drawings.
O. Controls: Equipment and system controls shall be in accordance with the Technical
Specifications. All control panels shall be in conformance with Section 16485 — Local
Control Panels and Miscellaneous Electrical Devices.
P. All bolts, nuts, washers and hardware shall be in conformance with Section 05500 -
Miscellaneous Metalwork.
2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND FOUNDATIONS
A. Equipment Supports: Unless otherwise indicated, equipment supports, anchors, and
restrainers shall be adequately designed for worst-case static, dynamic, wind, and
seismic loads. The design horizontal seismic force shall be the greater of: that noted in
the general structural notes or as required by the governing building code, or 10 percent
of gravity. Submitted design calculations for equipment supports shall bear the
signature and seal of an engineer registered in Washington.
B. Anchors: Anchor bolts shall be in accordance with Section 05500 - Miscellaneous
Metalwork.
C. Equipment Foundations: Mechanical equipment, tanks, control cabinets, enclosures,
and related equipment shall be mounted on minimum 3.5-inch high concrete bases,
unless otherwise indicated. Equipment foundations are indicated on Drawings. The
CONTRACTOR through the equipment manufacturer shall verify the size and weight of
equipment foundation to insure compatibility with equipment.
D. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings will be considered incomplete unless clear, concise
calculations are presented showing equipment anchorage forces and the capacities of the
anchorage elements proposed by the CONTRACTOR.
2.3 COUPLINGS
A. Mechanical couplings shall be provided between the driver and the driven equipment.
Flexible couplings shall be provided between the driver and the driven equipment to
accommodate slight angular misalignment, parallel misalignment, end float, and to
cushion shock loads. Unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the equipment
manufacturer, coupling type shall be furnished with the respective equipment as follows:
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-7
Equipment Type Coupling Type
Horizontal and end suction pumps Gear or flexible spring
Vertical turbine pumps 3 piece spacer for solid shaft or
double nut for hollow shaft
Vertical nonclog pumps, close coupled Flexible disc pack
Screw pumps Flexible spring, gear coupling, fluid coupling
'Vertical nonclog pumps with extended Flexible disc pack or Universal joint with carbon
shaft fiber composite shaft and steady bearing
support(s)
Belt conveyors Gear coupling for fractional to 7.5 horsepower,
Silicone filled fluid coupling for 10 hp and larger
Sludge collector Gear coupling or jaw clutch
Engine driven pumps Universal joint type or elastomeric flexible type
Single stage centrifugal blowers Flexible disc pack
Air compressors Gear or flexible disc pack
B. Each coupling size shall be determined based on the rated horsepower of the motor,
speed of the shaft, and the load classification service factor. The CONTRACTOR shall
have the equipment manufacturer select or recommend the size and type of coupling
required to suit each specific application.
C. Differential Settlement: Where differential settlement between the driver and the
driven equipment may occur, 2 sets of universal type couplings shall be provided.
D. Taper-Lock or equal bushings may be used to provide for easy installation and removal
of shafts of various diameters.
2.4 SHAFTING
A. General: Shafting shall be continuous between bearings and shall be sized to transmit
the power required. Keyways shall be accurately cut in line. Shafting shall not be turned
down at the ends to accommodate bearings or sprockets whose bore is less than the
diameter of the shaft. Shafts shall rotate in the end bearings and shall be turned and
polished, straight, and true.
B. Design Criteria: All shafts shall be designed to carry the steady state and transient
loads suitable for unlimited number of load applications, in accordance with ASME
B106.1 M - Design of Transmission Shafting. Where shafts are subjected to fatigue
stresses, such as frequent start and stop cycles, the mean stress shall be determined by
using the modified Goodman Diagram. The maximum torsional stress shall not exceed
the endurance limit of the shaft after application of the factor of safety of 2 in the
endurance limit and the stress concentration factor of the fillets in the shaft and keyway.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-8
Stress concentration factor shall be in accordance with ASME Standard B17.1 - Keys
and Keyseats.
C. Materials: Shafting materials shall be appropriate for the type of service and torque
transmitted. Environmental elements such as corrosive gases, moisture, and fluids shall
be taken into consideration. Materials shall be as indicated unless furnished as part of
an equipment assembly.
1. Low carbon cold-rolled steel shafting shall conform to ASTM A 108, Grade 1018.
2. Medium carbon cold-rolled shafting shall conform to ASTM A 108, Grade 1045.
3. Other grades of carbon steel alloys shall be suitable for service and load.
4. Corrosion-resistant shafting shall be stainless steel or Monel, whichever is most
suitable for the intended service.
D. Differential Settlement: Where differential settlement between the driver and the
driven equipment may occur, a shaft of sufficient length with 2 sets of universal type
couplings shall be provided.
2.5 GEARS AND GEAR DRIVES
A. Unless otherwise indicated, gears shall be of the spur, helical, or spiral-bevel type,
designed and manufactured in accordance with AGMA Standards, with a service factor
suitable for load class, mechanical service and thermal rating adjustment, a minimum L-
10 bearing life of 60,000 hours, and a minimum efficiency of 94 percent. Peak torque,
starting torque, and shaft overhung load shall be checked when selecting the gear
reducer. Worm gears shall not be used unless specifically approved by the ENGINEER.
B. Gear speed reducers or increasers shall be of the enclosed type, oil- or grease-
lubricated and fully sealed, with a breather to allow air to escape but keep dust and dirt
out. The casing shall be of cast iron or heavy-duty steel construction with lifting lugs and
an inspection cover for each gear train. An oil level sight glass and an oil flow indicator
shall be provided, located for easy reading.
C. Gears and gear drives that are part of an equipment assembly shall be shipped fully
assembled for field installation.
D. Material selections shall be left to the discretion of the manufacturer, provided the above
AGMA values are met. Input and output shafts shall be adequately designed for the
service and load requirements. Gears shall be computer-matched for minimum
tolerance variation. The output shaft shall have 2 positive seals to prevent oil leakage.
E. Oil level and drain locations shall be easily accessible. Oil coolers or heat exchangers
with all required appurtenances shall be provided when necessary.
F. Where gear drive input or output shafts from one manufacturer connect to couplings or
sprockets from a different manufacturer, the CONTRACTOR shall have the gear drive
manufacturer furnish a matching key taped to the shaft for shipment.
2.6 DRIVE CHAINS
A. Power drive chains shall be commercial type roller chains meeting ANSI Standards.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-9
B. A chain take-up or tightener shall be provided in every chain drive arrangement to
provide easy adjustment.
C. A minimum of one connecting or coupler link shall be provided in each length of roller
chain.
D. Chain and attachments shall be of the manufacturer's best standard material and be
suitable for the process fluid.
2.7 SPROCKETS
A. General: Sprockets shall be used in conjunction with chain drives and chain-type
material handling equipment.
B. Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, materials shall be as follows:
1. Sprockets with 25 teeth or less, normally used as a driver, shall be made of mediurri"
carbon steel in the 0.40 to 0.45 percent carbon range.
2. Type A and B sprockets with 26 teeth or more, normally used as driven sprockets,
shall be made of minimum 0.20 percent carbon steel.
3. Large diameter sprockets with Type C hub shall be made of cast iron conforming to
ASTM A 48, Class 30.
C. Sprockets shall be accurately machined to ANSI Standards. Sprockets shall have deep
hardness penetration in tooth sections.
D. Finish bored sprockets shall be furnished complete with keyseat and set screws.
E. To facilitate installation and disassembly, sprockets shall be of the split type or shall be
furnished with Taper-Lock bushings as required.
F. Idler sprockets shall be provided with brass or Babbitt bushings, complete with oil hole
and axial or circumferential grooving with stainless steel tubing and grease fitting
extended to an accessible location. Steel collars with set screws may be provided in
both sides of the hub.
2.8 V-BELT DRIVES
A. V-belts and sheaves shall be of the best commercial grade and shall conform to ANSI,
MPTA, and RMA Standards.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, sheaves shall be machined from the finest quality gray cast
iron.
C. Sheaves shall be statically balanced. In some applications where vibration is a problem,
sheaves shall be dynamically balanced. Sheaves operating at belt speeds exceeding
6,500 fpm may be required to be of special materials and construction.
D. To facilitate installation and disassembly, sheaves shall be provided complete with
Taper-Lock or QD bushings as required.
E. Finish bored sheaves shall be complete with keyseat and set screws.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315— STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-10
F. Sliding motor bases shall be provided to adjust the tension of V-belts.
2.9 DRIVE GUARDS
A. Power transmission trains, prime movers, machines, shaft extensions, and moving
machine parts shall be guarded to conform with the OSHA Safety and Health Standards
(29CFR1910). The guards shall be constructed of minimum 10 gauge expanded,
flattened steel with smooth edges and corners, galvanized after fabrication, and securely
fastened. Where required for lubrication or maintenance, guards shall have hinged and
latched access doors.
2.10 BEARINGS
A. General: Bearings shall conform to the standards of the Anti-Friction Bearing
Manufacturers Association, Inc. (AFBMA).
B. To assure satisfactory bearing application, fitting practice, mounting, lubrication, sealing,
static rating, housing strength, and lubrication shall be considered in bearing selection.
C. Re-lubricatable type bearings shall be equipped with a hydraulic grease fitting in an
accessible location and shall have sufficient grease capacity in the bearing chamber.
D. Lubricated-for-life bearings shall be factory-lubricated with the manufacturer's
recommended grease to insure maximum bearing life and best performance.
E. Anti-Friction Type Bearing Life: Except where otherwise indicated, bearings shall
have a minimum L-10 life expectancy of 5 years or 20,000 hours, whichever occurs first.
Where so indicated, bearings shall have a minimum rated L-10 life expectancy
corresponding to the type of service, as follows:
Type of Service Design Life, years L-10 Design Life, hours
(whichever comes first)
8-hour shift 10 20,000
16-hour shift 10 40,000
Continuous 10 60,000
F. Bearing housings shall be of cast iron or steel and bearing mounting arrangement shall
be as indicated or as recommended in the published standards of the manufacturer.
Split-type housings may be used to facilitate installation, inspection, and disassembly.
G. Sleeve Type Bearings: Sleeve-type bearings shall have a cast iron or ductile iron
housing and Babbitt or bronze liner. Bearing housing shall be bolted and doweled to the
lower casing half. These housings shall be provided with cast iron caps bolted in place
and the bearing end caps shall be bored to receive the bearing shells. Sleeve bearings
shall be designed on the basis of the maximum allowable load permitted by the bearing
manufacturer. If the sleeve bearing is connected to an equipment shaft with a coupling,
the coupling transmitted thrust will be assumed to be the maximum motor or equipment
thrust. Lubricant, lubrication system, and cooling system shall be as recommended by
the bearing manufacturer.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-11
H. Plate Thrust Bearings: Thrust bearings shall be the Kingsbury Type, designed and
manufactured to maintain the shaft in the fixed axial position without undue heating or
the necessity of adjustment or attention. Bearings shall be oil lubricated to suit the
manufacturer's standard method of lubrication for the specific bearing. If bearing cooling
is required, manufacturer shall provide necessary piping, filters, and valves.
2.11 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Guides: Pipe connections to equipment shall be
supported, anchored, and guided to avoid stresses and loads on equipment flanges and
equipment. Supports and hangers shall be in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe
Supports.
B. Flanges and Pipe Threads: Flanges on equipment and appurtenances shall conform to
ANSI B16.1, Class 125, or B16.5, Class 150, unless otherwise indicated. Pipe threads
shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 and Section 15000 - Piping, General.
C. Flexible Connectors: Flexible connectors shall be installed in all piping connections to
engines, blowers, compressors, and other vibrating equipment and in piping systems in
accordance with the requirements of Section 15000. Flexible connectors shall be
harnessed or otherwise anchored to prevent separation of the pipe where required by
the installation.
D. Insulating Connections: Insulating bushings, unions, couplings, or flanges, as
appropriate, shall be used in accordance with the requirements of the Section 15000.
2.12 GASKETS AND PACKINGS
A. Gaskets shall be in accordance with Section 15000,
B. Packing around valve stems and reciprocating shafts shall be of compressible material,
compatible with the fluid being used. Chevron-type "V" packing shall be Garlock No.
432, John Crane "Everseal," or equal.
C. Packing around rotating shafts (other than valve stems) shall be "O"-rings, stuffing
boxes, or mechanical seals, as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the
ENGINEER, in accordance with Section 11100 - Pumps, General.
2.13 NAMEPLATES
A. Equipment nameplates of stainless steel shall be engraved or stamped and fastened to
the equipment in an accessible location with No. 4 or larger oval head stainless steel
screws or drive pins. Nameplates shall contain the manufacturer's name, model, serial
number, size, characteristics, and appropriate data describing the machine performance
ratings.
2.14 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Tools: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish one complete set of special wrenches and
other special tools necessary for the assembly, adjustment, and dismantling of the
equipment. Tools shall be of best quality hardened steel forgings with bright finish.
Wrench heads shall have work faces dressed to fit nuts. Tools shall be suitable for
professional work and manufactured by Snap On, Crescent, Stanley, or equal. The set
of tools shall be neatly mounted in a labeled toolbox of suitable design provided with a
hinged cover.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-12
B. Spare parts shall be furnished as indicated in the individual equipment sections. All
spare parts shall be suitably packaged in a metal box and labeled with equipment
numbers by means of stainless steel or solid plastic nametags attached to the box.
2.15 EQUIPMENT LUBRICANTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install lubricants for all equipment during storage and prior to
initial testing of the equipment. After successful initial testing, final testing, and
satisfactory completion startup testing as specified in Section 01660 - Equipment Testing
and Plant Startup, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct one complete lubricant change on
all equipment. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper
disposal of all used lubricants. The OWNER will then be responsible for subsequent
lubricant changes
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER
A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: Where required by individual sections, an
authorized, experienced, and competent service representative of the manufacturer shall
visit the Site for the number of days indicated in those sections to witness or perform the
following and to certify in writing that the equipment and controls have been properly
installed, aligned, lubricated, adjusted, and readied for operation.
1. Installation of equipment
2. Inspection, checking, and adjusting the equipment and approving its installation
3. Startup and field testing for proper operation, efficiency, and capacity
4. Performing field adjustments during the test period to ensure that the equipment
installation and operation comply with requirements
B. Instruction of the Owner's Personnel
1. Where required by the individual equipment sections, an authorized training
representative of the manufacturer shall visit the Site for the number of days
indicated in those sections to instruct the OWNER's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment, including step-by-step troubleshooting with
necessary test equipment. Instruction shall be specific to the models of equipment
provided.
2. The representative shall have at least 2 years experience in training. A resume of
the representative shall be submitted.
3. Training shall be scheduled 3 weeks in advance of the scheduled session.
4. Proposed training material and a detailed outline of each lesson shall be submitted
for review. Review comments from the ENGINEER shall be incorporated into the
material.
5. The training materials shall remain with the trainees after the session.
6. The OWNER may videotape the training for later use by the OWNER's personnel.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-13
C. Vibration Monitoring: For the equipment types listed in paragraph 1.3D, the
CONTRACTOR shall arrange for at least two Site visits by the manufacturer's specialist
during testing of the equipment covered by torsional and vibration analysis submittals to
measure the amount of vibration and prepare written recommendations for keeping the
vibration within acceptance limits. If vibration readings exceed the specified or the
applicable referenced standard vibration limits for the type of equipment, the
CONTRACTOR shall make necessary corrections for the equipment to meet the
acceptance criteria.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers written
recommendations.
B. Alignment: Equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment.
3.3 PACKAGED EQUIPMENT
A. When any system is furnished as pre-packaged equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall
coordinate all necessary space and structural requirements, clearances, utility
connections, signals, and outputs with subcontractors to avoid later change orders.
B. If the packaged system has any additional features (as safety interlocks, etc.) other than
required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate such features
with the ENGINEER and provide all material and labor necessary for a complete
installation as required by the manufacturer.
3.4 FIELD ASSEMBLY
A. Studs, cap screws, bolt and nuts used in field assembly shall be coated with "Never
Seize" compound or equal.
3.5 WELDING
A. Welds shall be cleaned of weld-slag, splatter, etc. to provide a smooth surface.
3.6 FIELD TESTS
A. Where indicated by the individual equipment sections, equipment shall be field tested
after installation to demonstrate satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration,
or no overheating of bearings or motor.
B. The following field testing shall be conducted:
1. Start equipment, check, and operate the equipment over its entire operating range.
Vibration level shall be within the amplitude limits as indicated or as recommended
by the reference applicable Standards..
2. Obtain concurrent readings of motor voltage, amperage, capacity, vibration and
bearing temperatures.
3. Operate equipment indicated in Section 01660.
C. The ENGINEER shall witness field-testing. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the
ENGINEER of the test schedule three days in advance.
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-14
�l
D. In the event that any equipment fails to meet the test requirements, the equipment shall
be modified and resettled until it satisfies the requirement.
- END OF SECTION -
l
l
l
1
1
1
1
J
_1
J
_J
J
MWH-071704 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1520315—STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11000-15
�'
- .,
,��
- t
r -
�., � ,.
' ••
SECTION 11100 - PUMPS, GENERAL
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all pumps and pumping appurtenances, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all pumps and pumping equipment except
where otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.
C. The requirements of Section 11000 — Equipment General Provisions apply to this
Section.
D. Unit Responsibility: The pump manufacturer shall be made responsible for furnishing
the WORK and for coordination of design, assembly, testing, and installation of the
WORK of each pump Section; however, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the
OWNER for compliance with the requirements of each pump Section.
E. Single Manufacturer: Where 2 or more pump systems of the same type or size are
required, the pumps shall all be produced by the same manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information:
1. Pump name, identification number, and specification Section number.
2. Performance data curves showing head, capacity, horsepower demand, NPSH
required, and pump efficiency over the entire operating range of the pump. The
equipment manufacturer shall indicate separately the head, capacity, horsepower
demand, overall efficiency, and minimum submergence required at the design flow
conditions and the maximum and minimum flow conditions. Performance curves at
intervals of 100 rpm from minimum speed to maximum speed shall be furnished for
each centrifugal pump equipped with a variable speed drive.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall require the manufacturer to indicate the limits on the
performance curves recommended for stable operation without surge, cavitation, or
excessive vibration. The stable operating range shall be as wide as possible based
on actual hydraulic and mechanical tests.
4. Assembly and installation drawings including shaft size, seal, coupling, bearings,
anchor bolt plan, part nomenclature, material list, outline dimensions, and shipping
weights.
5. Data, in accordance with Section 16460 - Electric Motors, for the electric motor
proposed for each pump.
6. Elevation of proposed local control panel showing panel-mounted devices, details of
enclosure type, single line diagram of power distribution, and current draw of panel,
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-1
and list of all terminals required to receive inputs or to transmit outputs from the
local control panel.
7. Wiring diagram of field connections with identification of terminations between local
control panels, junction terminal boxes, and equipment items.
8. Complete electrical schematic diagram.
C. Technical Manual: The Technical Manual shall contain the required information for
each pump or set of similar pumps.
D. Spare Parts List: A spare parts list shall contain the required information for each
pump or set of similar pumps.
E. Factory Test Data: Signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each pump system
which requires factory testing, submitted before shipment of equipment.
F. Certifications
1.- Manufacturer's certification of proper installation.
2. CONTRACTOR'S certification of satisfactory field testing.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Compliance with the requirements of the individual pump Sections may necessitate
modifications to the manufacturer's standard equipment.
B. Performance Curves: All centrifugal pumps shall have a continuously rising curve or
the system operating range shall not cross the pump curve at two different capacities or
"dip region." Unless indicated otherwise, the required pump shaft horsepower at any
point on the performance curve shall not exceed the rated horsepower of the motor or
engine or encroach on the service factor.
C. All components of each pump system provided under the pump Sections shall be entirely
compatible. Each unit of pumping equipment shall incorporate all basic mechanisms,
couplings, electric motors or engine drives, variable speed controls, necessary mountings,
and appurtenances.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be suitable for the intended application; materials not indicated shall
be high-grade, standard commercial quality, free from all defects and imperfections that
might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended, and
shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Cast iron pump casings and bowls shall be of close-grained gray cast iron,
conforming to ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings, Class 30, or equal.
2. Bronze pump impellers shall conform to ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce
Metal Castings, or B 584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications,
where dezincification does not occur.
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-2
3. Stainless steel pump shafts shall be Type 416 or 316. Miscellaneous stainless steel
parts shall be Type 316.
4. Anchor bolts, washers, and nuts in Standard Service (Non-Corrosive Application)
shall be galvanized steel in accordance with the requirements of Section 05500 -
Miscellaneous Metalwork. Anchor bolts, washers, and nuts in Corrosive Service as
defined in Section 05500 shall be stainless steel in accordance with that Section.
B. Materials in contact with potable water shall be listed as compliant with NSF Standard
61.
2.3 PUMP COMPONENTS - GENERAL
A. Flanges and Bolts: Suction and discharge flanges shall conform to ANSI/ASME B16.1
- Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800 or
ANSI/ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings dimensions. Bolts shall be in
accordance with Section 05500.
B. Lubrication: Vertical pump shafts of clean water pumps shall be product water-
lubricated, unless otherwise indicated. Deep-well pumps and pumps with dry barrels
shall have water- or oil-lubricated bearings and seals and enclosed line shafts. Pumps
for sewage, sludge, and other process fluids shall be lubricated as indicated.
C. Handholes: Handholes on pump casings shall be shaped to follow the contours of the
casing to avoid any obstructions in the water passage.
D. Drains: All gland seals, air valves, cooling water drains, and drains from variable speed
drive equipment shall be piped to the nearest floor sink or drain, with galvanized steel
pipe or copper tube, properly supported with brackets.
E. Grease Lubrication: For all vertical propeller, mixed-flow, and turbine pumps, other
than deep well pumps, of bowl sizes 10-inches and larger, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide a stainless steel tube attached to the column for grease lubrication of the bottom
bearing.
F. Stuffing Boxes: Where stuffing boxes are indicated for the pump seal, they shall be of
the best quality, using the manufacturer's suggested materials best suited for the specific
application. For sewage, sludge, drainage, and liquids containing sediments, the seals
shall be fresh-water flushed, using lantern rings. If fresh water is not available, the seal
shall be flushed with product water cleaned by a solids separator as manufactured by
John Crane Co., Lakos (Claude Laval Corp.), or equal.
1. Conventional Packing Gland Type Seal: Unless otherwise indicated, the packing
material shall be interlaced Teflon braiding, containing 50 percent ultrafine graphite
impregnation to satisfy the following. Acceptable ring materials are asbestos-free
die-molded packing rings of braided graphite material free of PTFE, Chesterton
1400R, or equal for non-potable water service and braided PTFE material,
Chesterton 1725 or equal that is listed under NSF Standard 61 for potable water
service.
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-3
Shaft speeds up to 2500 fpm
Temperature up to 500 degrees F
pH range 0-14
2. Mechanical Seals (Conventional Non-Split Type): Mechanical seals shall be fresh
water-flushed unless indicated otherwise; in which case product water cleaned by a
solids separator as above shall be used. Mechanical seals shall be as
manufactured by the following, or equal:
Sewage, Sludge; or Double seals John Crane Type 88, Flowserve
Wastewater Pumps Type ISCPP, Chesterton Type
GDS or 255
Chemicals or Corrosive Single seals John Crane Type 8-1 or 9,
Liquid Pumps Flowserve Type ISCPX, or
Chesterton Type UV, GSS, or 155
Water Pumps (hot and Single seals John Crane Type 88SRS,
cold) Flowserve Type ISCPX,
Chesterton Type UV, GSS, or
155
' I
G. Where indicated, a buffer fluid must be circulated a minimum 20 psi above discharge
pressure, or as required by the manufacturer, in order to maintain reliable seal
performance.
H. Mechanical seals for all services shall be equipped with nonclogging, flexible—mounted
seats with elastomer secondary seals. Wetted metal parts shall be Type 316 stainless
steel, Alloy 20, or Hastelloy B or C, whichever has the best corrosion resistance to the
pumped fluid. Dual cartridge seals shall be double balanced to allow for seal integrity in
case of flush water pressure reversal. All single and double seals shall have springs in
the non-wetted end of the seal.
I. Fresh water shall be delivered to the seals through appropriate size piping with plug
valves, strainers, pressure regulators, electrically operated solenoid valves, and
rotameters. Wiring shall comply with Division 16.
2.4 PUMP APPURTENANCES
A. Nameplates: Each pump shall be equipped with a stainless steel nameplate indicating
serial numbers, rated head and flow, impeller size, pump speed, and manufacturer's
name and model number.
B. Solenoid Valves: The pump manufacturer shall provide solenoid valves on the water or
oil lubrication lines and on all cooling water lines. Solenoid valve electrical ratings shall
be compatible with the motor control voltage.
C. Gauges
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-4
1. Pumps (except sample pumps, sump pumps, and hot water circulating pumps) shall
be equipped with pressure gauges installed at pump suction and discharge lines.
Gauges shall be located in a representative location, where not subject to shock or
vibrations, in order to achieve true and accurate readings.
2. Where subject to shock or vibrations, the gauges shall be wall-mounted or attached
to galvanized channel floor stands and connected by means of flexible connectors.
3. Gauges shall be provided in accordance with Section 15183 - Gauges.
2.5 FACTORY TESTING
A. The following tests shall be conducted on each indicated pump system:
1. Motors: Electric motors shall be tested in accordance with Section 16460. Test
results shall be furnished to the pump manufacturer prior to the pump test.
2. Pump Systems: All centrifugal pump systems with drives 10 hp up to and including
125 hp shall be tested at the pump factory in accordance with the American National
Standard for Centrifugal Pump Tests (ANSI/HI 1.6) acceptance Level "A" or the
American National Standard for Vertical Pump Tests (ANSI/HI 2.6) as approved by
ANSI and published by the Hydraulic Institute. For sump pumps, acceptance shall be
in accordance with Level "B" of ANSI/HI 1.6 unless indicated otherwise. Tests shall
be performed using the complete pump system to be furnished, including the project
motor and variable speed drive if.equipped with variable speed drive. For pumps with
motors smaller than 100 hp, the manufacturer's certified test motor shall be
acceptable. Testing of prototype models will not be acceptable. The following
minimum test results shall be submitted:
a. Hydrostatic test results
b. At maximum speed, a minimum of five hydraulic test readings between shutoff
head and 25 percent beyond the maximum indicated capacity, recorded on
data sheets as defined by the Hydraulic Institute. For variable speed driven
pumps, each pump shall be tested between maximum and minimum speed at
100 rpm increments.
c. Pump curves showing head; flow, bhp, and efficiency requirements.
d. NPSH required test curve if required by the pump specification. Otherwise, a
calculated NPSH required curve may be submitted.
e. Certification that the pump shaft horsepower demand did not exceed the rated
motor horsepower of 1.0 service rating at any point on the curve.
3. Acceptance: In the event of failure of any pump to meet any of the requirements,
the CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary modifications, repairs, or
replacements to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and the
pump shall be re-tested until found satisfactory.
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-5
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER
A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: Where required by the individual pump
Sections, an authorized service representative of the manufacturer shall visit the Site for
the number of days indicated in those sections to witness the following and to certify in
writing that the equipment and controls have been properly installed, aligned, lubricated,
adjusted, and readied for operation.
1. Installation of the equipment
2'. Inspection, checking, and adjusting the equipment
3. Startup and field testing for proper operation
4. Performing field adjustments to ensure that the equipment installation and operation
comply with requirements
B. Instruction of the Owner's Personnel
1. Where required by the individual pump Sections, an authorized training
representative of the manufacturer shall visit the Site for the number of days
indicated in those Sections to instruct the OWNER'S personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment, including step-by-step troubleshooting with
necessary test equipment. Instruction shall be specific to the models of equipment
provided.
2. The representative shall have at least 2 years experience in training. A resume for
the representative shall be submitted.
3. Training shall be scheduled a minimum of 3 weeks in advance of the first session.
4. Proposed training material and a detailed outline of each lesson shall be submitted
for review. Comments shall be incorporated into the material.
5. The training materials shall remain with the trainees.
6. The OWNER may videotape the training for later use with the OWNER'S personnel.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
written recommendations.
B. Alignment: All equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment and freedom
from binding, scraping, shaft runout, or other defects. Pump drive shafts shall be
measured just prior to assembly to ensure correct alignment without forcing. Equipment
shall be secure in position and neat in appearance.
C. Lubricants: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary oil and grease for initial
operation.
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-6
3.3 PROTECTIVE COATING
A. Materials and equipment shall be coated as required in Section 09800 - Protective
Coating.
3.4 FIELD TESTS
A. Each pump system shall be field tested after installation to demonstrate:
1. Satisfactory operation without excessive noise and vibration.
2., No material loss caused by cavitation.
3. No overheating of bearings.
4. Indicated head, flow, and efficiency at design point.
B. The following field testing shall be conducted:
1. Startup, check, and operate the pump system over its entire speed range. If the
pump is driven by a variable speed drive, the pump and motor shall be tested at 100
RPM increments. If the pump is driven at constant speed, the pump and motor shall
be tested at max RPM. Unless otherwise indicated, vibration shall be within the
amplitude limits recommended by the Hydraulic Institute Standards at a minimum of
four pumping conditions defined by the ENGINEER.
2. Obtain concurrent readings of motor voltage, amperage, pump suction head, and
pump discharge head for at least 4 pumping conditions at each pump rotational
speed if variable speed at 100 RPM increment or at max RPM if constant speed.
Check each power lead to the motor for proper current balance.
3. Determine bearing temperatures by contact type thermometer. A run time until
bearing temperatures have stabilized shall precede this test, unless insufficient
liquid volume is available.
4. Electrical and instrumentation tests shall conform to the requirements of the sections
under which that equipment is specified.
C. Field testing will be witnessed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish 3
days advance notice of field testing.
D. In the event any pumping system fails to meet the indicated requirements, the pump
shall be modified or replaced and re-tested as above until it satisfies the requirements.
E. After each pumping system has satisfied the requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall
certify in writing that it has been satisfactorily tested and that all final adjustments have
been made. Certification shall include the date of the field tests, a listing of all persons
present during the tests, and the test data.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all costs of field tests, including related
services of the manufacturer's representative, except for power and water, which the
OWNER will bear. If available, the OWNER'S operating personnel will provide
assistance in field testing.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-7
MWH-071704 PUMPS GENERAL
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11100-8
SECTION 11111 - HORIZONTAL ANSI END SUCTION PUMPS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide horizontal process end suction pumps and
appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Pumps shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B73.1M - Specification for Horizontal
End Suction Centrifugal Pumps for Chemical Process.
C. The requirements of Section 11100 - Pumps, General apply to this Section.
D. The Supplier shall examine the Site conditions, intended application, and operation of
the pump system and recommend the pump which will best satisfy the indicated
requirements.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION:
A. Identification
Pump Name High Service Pumps � t
Equipment Number P-04, P-05, P-06
Quantity 3
Location WTP Building
B. Operating Conditions: The WORK of this Section shall be suitable for long term
operation under the following conditions:
Duty Continuous
Drive Variable speed
Ambient environment Indoors
Ambient temperature, degrees F 40 to 85
Ambient relative humidity, percent 0 to 100
Fluid service Potable Water
Fluid temperature, degrees F 40 to 60
Fluid pH range 6.0 to 8.0
MWH-011304 HORIZONTAL ANSI END SUCTION PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11111-1
Fluid specific gravity 1.0
Fluid viscosity, absolute centipoises at 1.12
60 degrees F
Project site elevation, ft (m.s.l) 130
Minimum available NPSH, ft 30
C. Performance Requirements
Maximum shutoff head, ft 145
Design flow capacity, gpm 1100
�j
Design flow pump head, TDH ft 118
Design flow minimum pump efficiency, 83
percent
Maximum flow capacity at maximum 1350
speed, gpm
Maximum flow pump head TDH, ft, 100
plus or minus 7 ft
Maximum flow minimum pump 79
efficiency, percent
Maximum flow NPSH required, ft 30
Minimum flow capacity at maximum 550
speed, gpm
Minimum flow pump head TDH, at 135
maximum speed, ft, plus or minus 5 ft
Minimum flow pump efficiency, 60
percent
Maximum pump speed, rpm 1780
Minimum pump speed, rpm 1510
Maximum motor speed, rpm
Minimum motor size, hp 75
D. Pump Dimensions
Min impeller diameter, in -' 11.0
MWH-011304 HORIZONTAL ANSI END SUCTION PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11111-2
Min suction flange size, in 6
Min discharge flange size, in 4
Suction flange rating, ANSI, psi 125
Discharge flange rating, ANSI, psi 125
2.2 PUMP REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction: Construction of horizontal ANSI end-suction pumps shall conform to the
following requirements:
Casing, foot-mounted Cast iron, ASTM A 48, back pullout design
with gauge connections
Pump base lCast iron, lductile iron, or Nsteelo base
plate with drain rim or pan
Impeller Type 316 stainless steel, statically and
dynamically balanced, open
Case wear rings Type 316 stainless steel
Shaft Steel AISI C1045, designed for max 0.002
inch deflection at sealing face at max load
Shaft sleeve Type 316 stainless steel
Seal mechanical seal water-flushed
Coupling Flexible heavy duty spacer shaft coupling with
guard
Mounting Frame mounted
Bearings Ball bearings with min L-10 life of 50,000
hours at max load, double row thrust bearing
outboard, and single row radial bearing
inboard
Lubrication Grease with inlet and drain fittings
B. Drive: Variable speed drive with heavy duty, horizontal, electric motor suitable for 460 -
volt, 3-phase, 60-Hz power supply, in accordance with Section 16460 - Electric Motors.
(For variable speed drive see Section 16455 - Variable Frequency Drive Units.)
2.3 PUMP CONTROLS
A. Pumps shall be controlled in accordance with Section 17100 - Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
MWH-011304 HORIZONTAL ANSI END SUCTION PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11111-3
2.4 SPARE PARTS
A. Furnish the following spare parts for each pump:
1. One mechanical seal
2. One set of all bearings
3. One shaft sleeve
4. Two sets of all washers, seals, and O-rings
2.5 MANUFACTURERS OR EQUAL
A. Aurora Pump, series 344A 5x6x12
B. Durco, series Mark III 2K6x4-13A
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER
A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: The service representative of the
manufacturer shall be present at the Site for 3 work days, to furnish the services
required by Section 11100.
B. Instruction of OWNER's Personnel: The training representative of the manufacturer
shall be present at the Site for 2 work days to furnish the services required by Section
11100.
C. For the purpose of this paragraph, a work day is defined as an 8 hour period at the Site,
excluding travel time.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-011304 HORIZONTAL ANSI END SUCTION PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11111-4
SECTION 11149 - SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide submersible sump pumps and appurtenant work,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 11000 - Equipment General Provisions apply to the WORK
of this Section.
C. The Supplier shall examine the Site conditions, intended application, and operation of
the pump system and recommend the pump which will satisfy the indicated
requirements.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCENTRATE/OVERFLOW BASIN PUMPS AND SUMP PUMPS
A. Identification:
1. P-7
2. P-8
3. P-9
4. P-10
5. P-11
B. Operating Conditions: The WORK of this Section shall be suitable for long term
operation under the following conditions:
1. Duty - Intermittent
2. Drive - Constant speed
3. Ambient environment - Buried Vaults
4. Ambient temperature, - 40 to 80
(degrees F)
5. Ambient relative - 0 to 100
humidity (percent)
6. Fluid service Raw water including concentrated solids
and organic debris
MWH-011304 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11149-1
7. Fluid temperature, - 35 to 55
(degrees F)
8. Fluid pH range - 6.5 to 8.0
9. Fluid specific gravity - 1.1
10. Fluid viscosity - 1.12
(absolute)
(centipoises at 60 deg. F)
11. Project site elevation - 130
(ft. a.s.l.)
12. Minimum available NPSH (ft) - 33.5
13. Maximum size of spheres - 0.25
to pass (in. dia.)
C. Performance Requirements: P-7, P-8, P-9 P-10, P-11
1. Maximum shutoff head (ft) - 30 30
2. Design flow capacity (gpm) - 205 50
3. Design flow pump head - 11 10
JDH ft)
4. Design flow minimum pump - 40 40
efficiency (percent)
5. Maximum pump speed (rpm) - 1800 1800
6. Minimum pump speed (rpm) - 900 900
7. Maximum motor speed (rpm) - 1800 1800
8. Minimum motor size (hp) - 2.0 0.33
D. Pump Dimensions:
1. Sump dimensions (ft) - 2.5 x 14 2.5 x 2.5
2. Sump depth (ft) - 12 1.5
3. Sump top - open open
4. Pump discharge size (inches) - 4 2
5. Discharge flange rating (psi) - 125 125
MWH-011304 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11149-2
2.2 PUMP REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction: Construction of submersible sump pumps shall conform to the following
requirements:
1. Pump casing - Cast iron
2. Impeller - Semi-open, non-clog cast iron
3. Bearings - Permanently lubricated ball and
sleeve type
4. Shaft - Stainless steel, series 400
5. Seal - Mechanical seal
6. Mounting Method- - P-7, P-8, P-9: Slide Rail;
P-10, P-11: Stainless steel lifting
chain or cable and hook
7. Pump Connection - Flange or Union with neoprene
pressure hose
B. Drive: For P-10 and P-11, motor shall be enclosed, submerged, suitable for 120/208-
volt, 1-phase, 60-Hz ac power supply, with cord and three-prong plug, in accordance
with Section 16460 - Electric Motors. For P-7, P-8 and P-9, motor shall be enclosed,
submerged, suitable for 480-volt 3-phase 60-Hz ac power supply, with armored cable, in
accordance with Section 16460 — Electric Motors.
C. Control: Pumps P-5 and P-6 shall be controlled in accordance with the Control
strategies provided in Appendix B. Sump pumps P-5 and P-6 shall be provided with a
manufacturer-provided control panel with 3 float controls. Pumps P-10 and P-11 shall
each be controlled with a single float switch.
2.3 PROTECTIVE COATING
A. Pumps shall be coated in accordance with Section 09800 - Protective Coating.
2.4 MANUFACTURERS OR EQUAL
A. ABS Pumps, Inc.
B. Aurora Pumps
C. Chicago Pump Company (Yeomans)
D. Crane-Deming
E. Flygt Corporation
F. Goulds Pumps Inc.
G. Pacific Pumping Company
MWH-011304 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11149-3
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with approved procedures
submitted with the Shop Drawings and as indicated.
B. General installation requirements shall be in accordance with Section 11100 - Pumps,
General.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-011304 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11149-4
SECTION 11258 - CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide chemical feeding equipment, complete and operable,
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Equipment shall be from manufacturers with several years of experience in the
manufacture and assembly of similar products, with a record of successful installations.
Such manufacturers shall maintain a well established, authorized, local service agency
with sufficient spare parts and personnel to respond within 48 hours to any service calls.
C. The requirements of Section 11000 - Equipment General Provisions apply to the WORK
of this Section.
D. Unless indicated otherwise, the requirements of this Section apply to all chemical
feeding equipment in the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Complete fabrication, assembly, foundation, and installation drawings,
together with detailed specifications and system operational description, and data
covering materials used, power drive assemblies, parts, devices, pumps, tanks, mixers,
supports, panels, and other accessories forming a part of the equipment, plus
schematics, diagrams, and panel layouts.
C. Certification: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain written certification from the
manufacturer, addressed to the OWNER, stating that the equipment will efficiently and
thoroughly perform the required functions in accordance with these Specifications and
the Drawings, that the materials are best suited for the chemicals handled, and that the
manufacturer accepts joint responsibility with the CONTRACTOR for coordination of
equipment, including motors, variable speed drives, controls, and services required for
proper installation and operation of the completely assembled and installed unit.
D. Technical Manuals: Furnish complete operations and maintenance manuals for
individual components such as all metering pumps, all controllers, etc. in accordance
with Section 01300 — Contractor Submittals and prior to start-up.
E. Spare Parts List: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the manufacturer a list of
suggested spare parts for each piece of equipment subject to wear, such as seals,
packing, gaskets, nuts, bolts, washers, wear rings, etc.
F. Maintenance: Printed instructions relating to proper maintenance, including lubrication,
and parts lists indicating the various parts by name, number, and diagram where
necessary, shall be furnished in duplicate with each unit or set of identical units.
G. Field Procedures: Instructions for field procedures for erection, adjustments,
inspection, and testing shall be furnished prior to installation of the equipment.
MWH-071704 CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11258 - 1
H. Calibration Graphs: The manufacturer's representative shall prepare a calibration
graph from field tests for each chemical feed unit which does not have a rate set device.
Graphs shall read in pounds per hour for dry feeders or in gallons per hour for liquid
feeders. The graph shall show the rate setter graduation conversion to pounds per hour
or gallons per hour throughout the range of the feed unit. Each graph shall be furnished
on card stock and be sealed in clear plastic.
1.3 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE
A. Erection and Startup Assistance: Service and instruction assistance by the
manufacturer's engineering representative for each equipment unit shall be furnished by
the CONTRACTOR during the following period:
1. One day during erection, unless indicated otherwise in the feed equipment section.
2. One day during startup, unless indicated otherwise in the feed equipment section.
3. A work day is defined as an 8-hour period at the site, excluding travel time.
B. Instruction of OWNER's Personnel: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the services of
a factory service representative to instruct the OWNER's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment provided by that manufacturer. This service shall consist
of a minimum one day's visit by each factory service representatives to the plant for each
type of similar equipment supplied by the manufacturer.
1.4 GUARANTEES, WARRANTIES
A. After completion, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER the manufacturer's
written guarantees that the equipment will operate with the published efficiencies, heads,
criteria, and flow ranges and meet these specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall also
furnish the manufacturer's warranties as published in its literature.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Wherever it is required that a single manufacturer shall be responsible for the compatible
and successful operation of the various components of any equipment unit, it shall be
understood to mean that the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install only such
equipment as the designated manufacturer will certify is suitable for use with its
equipment and with the further understanding that this in no way constitutes a waiver of
any indicated requirements.
B. Manufactured items provided under this Section shall be new, of current manufacture,
and shall be the products of reputable manufacturers specializing in the manufacture of
such products.
C. Where 2 or more units of the same type or size of equipment are required, such units
shall be produced by the same manufacturer.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: All materials employed in the equipment shall be suitable for the intended
application; materials not specifically called for shall be high-grade, standard
MWH-071704 CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11258 - 2
commercial quality, free from defects and imperfections that might affect the
serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended.
B. Corrosion Resistance: Materials used in the construction of chemical feeding
equipment and chemical delivery systems, shall be resistant to corrosive attacks from
the chemicals. The following table lists the most commonly used chemicals at the
Stillaguamish River WTP site and some of the suitable materials for the construction of
chemical feeding equipment. Unless the manufacturer proposes more suitable
materials, the table shall be adhered to:
Chemical Suitable Handling Material
Citric Acid (C6He07) Type 316 stainless steel
PVC
Hypalon
Teflon
Glass
Neoprene
Butyl
Sodium Bisulfite (anhydrous) Type 316 stainless steel
(Na2S205(NaHS03)) Carpenter 20
PVC
FRP (verify with FRP manufacturer)
Hypalon
Teflon
Tyril
Glass
Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) (Caustic Soda) Cast Iron (fair)
Steel (fair)
Type 304 and 316 stainless steel (fair)
PVC, CPVC
Teflon
EPDM
Hypalon
Polypropylene
Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCI) Hastelloy C
Titanium
PVC
Viton
Penton
Hypalon
Vinyl
Saran
Polyethylene
Polypropylene
Tyril
Glass
MWH-071704 CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11258 - 3
2.3 APPURTENANCES
A. Nameplate: Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a stainless steel
nameplate, indicating equipment characteristics, capacity, motor horsepower, speed,
electrical characteristics, manufacturer, model number, and serial number.
B. Pressure Gauges: Where indicated, chemical transfer and metering pumps and other
equipment shall be equipped with pressure gauges with diaphragm seals in accordance
with Section 15183 — Gauges, except that the size of gauges on small metering pumps
may be smaller than indicated in that section.
C. Equipment Supports: Unless otherwise shown, chemical feeding equipment and
piping shall be firmly supported on concrete equipment pads and anchored down.
Fabricated metal supports exposed to chemical spills shall be of type 316 stainless steel
or enameled steel. Anchor bolts, nuts, and washers of such supports shall be of Type
316 stainless steel, with an antiseize compound on the threads.
D. Controls: Controls shall be housed in enclosures with NEMA ratings which comply with
the area designations of Section 16050 - Electrical Work, General.
E. Safety Equipment: Where required by Code, chemical unloading, storage, and feeding
equipment shall be provided with the necessary safety devices and warning signs,
clearly visible.
F. Heating Cable
1. Where electric heat trace cable is required for proper operation of the system, it
shall be Chromalox type SRL-3-1; or equal. Cable shall be self-regulating with 150
degrees F maintenance temperature, 120 volt, 3 watts per ft. output and twin 16
AWG copper buss wires within insulated jacket.
2. After pipe and tanks are heat traced, they shall be insulated with exterior jacketing
applied in accordance with Section 15145 - Pipe and Equipment Insulation.
2.4 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Tools: Special tools necessary for maintenance and repair of the equipment and one
pressure grease gun for each type of grease required for the equipment shall be
furnished as a part of the WORK; such tools shall be suitably stored in metal tool boxes,
and identified with the equipment number by means of stainless steel or solid plastic
name tags attached to the box.
B. Spare Parts: Furnish spare seals, packing, gaskets, nuts, bolts, washers, wear rings,
and bearings as required for each item of equipment, suitably packaged and labeled in a
box as described above for Tools.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Chemical feeding equipment shall be installed in accordance with governing
safety standards, manufacturer's written installation procedures submitted with the Shop
Drawings, and as indicated on the Contract Documents unless otherwise approved by
the ENGINEER.
MWH-071704 CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11258 - 4
1
B. Alignment: Equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment, operation as
indicated, and freedom from binding, scraping, vibration, shaft runout, leaks, or other
I defects. Drive shafts shall be measured just prior to assembly to ensure correct
alignment without forcing. Equipment shall be secure in position and neat in
appearance.
C. Lubricants: The WORK shall include furnishing the necessary oil and grease for initial
lubrication and testing of all equipment.
- END OF SECTION-
"1
I
1
l
l
_1
J
_S
I MWH-071704 CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
- 1520315 —STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11258 - 5
, .
' ,,
�•
� �.�
• ;y
I
SECTION 11263 - PERISTALTIC PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install positive displacement peristaltic type
pumps, together with all drives, motors, valves, supports, controls, local control panels,
accessories, and appurtenances necessary for feeding chemical solutions in water
treatment plants, complete and operable, in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
B. The peristaltic pump manufacturer shall furnish the pumps, local control panels,
variable speed drive, flexible tube, piping, valves, and all work covered under this
section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The following items shall be submitted.
1. Complete details of all peristaltic pumps, including characteristic performance
curve showing flow rate as a function of RPM and pressure, pump and tubing
materials of construction, and dimensional information.
2. Complete details, including size, type, and materials for the various pump suction
and pump discharge accessories as indicated in the Contract Documents and as
required for a complete, operable system.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish technical manuals for the pumps.
4. Equipment certifications, tools, written field procedures and calibration graphs shall
be provided.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Experience: All peristaltic pumps shall be furnished only by
manufacturers with at least 5 years experience in the manufacture of similar
equipment, with a successful record of operation in water treatment plants in similar
applications. The CONTRACTOR may be required to submit evidence to this effect
together with a representative list of installations.
B. Workmanship and Design: All parts of the equipment shall be amply proportioned for
long, continuous, uninterrupted service. Provisions shall be made for easy access for
service or replacement of parts.
C. Tube Performance: Tubing shall be designed and manufactured for maximum life at
specified manufacturer's operating conditions for the fluid service indicated. Tubing
shall be field replaceable.
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-1
D. NFS 61 Certification: The tubing and lubricants shall have NSF 61 certification. If NSF
61 certification is not available, then USDA food grade materials shall be used.
E. Certification: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain written certification from the
manufacturer of the peristaltic pumps, addressed to the OWNER, stating' that the
equipment will efficiently and thoroughly perform the required functions in accordance
with these specifications and as indicated on the drawings, and that the manufacturer
accepts joint responsibility with the CONTRACTOR for coordination of all equipment,
including motors, variable speed drives, controls, and services required for proper
installation and operation of the completely assembled and installed unit. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit all such certificates to the ENGINEER.
1.4 DUTIES OF THE MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFIED FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the services of a qualified factory representative of
the peristaltic pump manufacturer to provide at least one eight-hour working day
assistance for the installation, preliminary operational testing, and final operational
testing. In addition, operator training services for the OWNER'S personnel shall be
provided on-site for one eight-hour working day.
1.5 WARRANTIES
B. The variable speed controllers and purripheads shall have a three-year manufacturer's
warranty.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION:
A. Identification:
Fluid Service 12.5% Sodium 12.5% Sodium
Hypochlorite Hypochlorite
Equipment P-51 C P-51 D
Number
Location Sodium Sodium
Hypochlorite Hypochlorite
Room Room
B. Operating Conditions: The WORK of this Section shall be suitable for long term
operation under the following conditions.
Pump ID P-51 C P-51 D
Duty Continuous Continuous
Drive Variable Variable Speed
Speed
Ambient Indoors Indoors
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-2
environment
Ambient 30 to 100 IF 30 to 100 OF
temperature
Ambient relative 0 to 100% 0 to 100%
humidity
Fluid service 12.5% Sodium 12.5% Sodium
Hypochlorite Hypochlorite
Fluid temperature 30 -100 30-100
(deg F)
Fluid pH 11-13 11-13
Fluid specific gravity 1.2 1.2
Maximum Suction 30 30
Lift (ft)
C. Performance Requirements:
Pump Name P-51 C P-51 D
Design Flow Capacity 0.023 0.023
(gpm)
Design pump head (psi) 30 30
Flow range (mL/min) 10 to 87 10 to 87
Maximum pump speed 220 220
(rpm)
Maximum Drive Power 135 135
(VA)
Accuracy at Start-Up 1% 1%
D. Pump Dimensions:
Pump Name P-51 C P-51 D
Minimum hose diameter (mm) 3.2 3.2
2.2 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. Pumphead
1. Pumphead shall consist of a fixed track with hinged guard door, two spring loaded
tube retainer mechanisms, and spring loaded roller rotor assembly.
2. Rotor assembly shall be equipped with two self lubricating compression rollers
mounted on spring,loaded arms. Compression rollers shall be located 180 degrees
apart for compression of the tube against the track twice per rotor revolution. One
roller shall at all times be fully engaged with the tubing providing complete
compression to prevent backflow or siphoning. Hose occlusion shall be adjustable
by the adjustment of a lead screw which limits the travel of the spring loaded roller.
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-3
Occlusion shall come factory set to accommodate the wall thickness for the tubing
required for each pump.
3. The rotor assembly shall be close coupled to the output shaft of the drive.gearmotor
by a collet and shall be axially secured to the shaft by a through center retaining
screw. Pumphead track shall be secured to the drive via a slotted screw and shall
be self locating.
4. Material of Construction
a. Track: P-51 C and P-51 D shall be polyphenylene sulfide.
b. Rotor: P-51 C and P-51 D shall be polyphenylene sulfide, stainless steel collet
and fittings, Nylatron guide rollers, Type 316 stainless steel compressing
rollers.
c. Guard: Polycarbonate with 1/4 turn locking screw.
B. Tubing
1 Pump tubing shall be in contact with the inside diameter of the track (housing)
through an angle of 180 degrees and be held in place on the suction and discharge
by a spring loaded self adjusting clamp mechanism. The tubing shall be
replaceable with no disassembly of the pumphead and without the use of tools.
2. Pump tubing shall be constructed of Marprene II, a thermoplastic elastomer with a
64 Shore A duromerer and 2.4 mm wall thickness. Pumps shall readily accept
tubing ID's of 1/16" 1/8" 3/16" and 1/4" without pump adjustment or replacement. If
required for chemical compatibility, pump manufacturer shall recommend an
alternate tubing material.
3. Supply 50 foot roll of specified tubing size.
C. Drive
1. Rating: Continuous 24 hr operation, 400 C ambient.
2. Enclosure: NEMA 4X
3. Housing: Pressure cast aluminum with polyester powder coat, electrostatically
applied and baked.
4. Hardware: Stainless Steel
5. Pumps shall have top mounted operator interface with membrane keypad with
control as follows:
d. LCD display of pump speed (rpm) and flow rate (mL/min)
e. Keys for start, stop, speed increment, speed decrement, programming,
forward/reverse direction, rapid prime, and programming
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-4
f. Menu driven on screen programming of manual or auto control, flow and
remote signal calibration, and programming
g. Programmable "Auto Restart" feature to resume pump status after power
interruption.
h. Programmable "Keypad Lock" to allow operator lockout of all keys except
start/stop.
6. Pumps shall have remote features as follows:
a. Analog input of 4-20mA or 0-10VDC for speed control in Auto mode. Signal
response may be scaled over any part of the drive speed range.
b. Dry contact closure or 5V TTL input for remote start/stop - functional in both the
Auto and Manual modes.
c. Dry contact closure or 5V TTL input for remote reverse - functional in both the
Auto and Manual modes.
d. Provisions for accessory potentiometer for remote speed control.
e. Tachometer output selectable as either 0-5VDC analog or 5V square wave
frequency output.
f. 5V TTL output for pump running status.
g. 5V TTL output for pump direction status.
h. Accepts RS485 data protocol.
7. Drive motors shall be servo permanent magnet DC with integral gearbox. Circuitry
shall be microprocessor controlled PWM type with temperature and load
compensation and protection. Drive speed shall not exceed that specified under
the Process Pump Schedule and shall be infinitely variable within a 2200:1 speed
control range.
2.3 CONTROL AND VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES
A. General: Each pump shall include a control interface system.
B. Power and Wiring Requirements: Each pump shall be powered by an incoming 120-
volt, 1-phase supply via a power cord with three-prong plug. Each LCP shall be
furnished with a main disconnect switch, motor starters, control interface kit with
adjustable set points, shielded isolation transformers, switches, circuit breakers,
variable speed drives, and all control devices specified herein. One 0-32 mA flow
signal input shall be provided for each pump.
C. Equipment Components and Control Functions
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-5
1. Variable-Speed Drives: All peristaltic pumps shall be provided with D-C
variable-frequency drives to provide infinitely variable speed over the operating
range.
2. Speed Control: Speed control shall be provided for peristaltic pumps. Speed
control shall be manual by adjusting the speed for each pump with a
potentiometer or using LCP keypad, or automatic by a 0-32 mA do process
signal input from the PLC. Each LCP shall include panel-mounted MANUAL-
OFF-AUTO switches to control each pump. In the MANUAL position, the
pump shall run. In the AUTO position, the pump shall be turned on and off by
the plant control system with a contact and the speed adjustment shall be
proportional to the 0-32 mA pror.Pss signal (plant flow). If the switch is in the
MANUAL position, the speed adjustment shall be manually loaded.
3. The speed signal generated by the variable speed drives and the pump run.
status shall be output to the plant control system via a control interface system.
Dry contacts shall indicate pump run status and tube failure, and a 4-20 mA
output signal shall indicate pump speed.
2.4 SPARE PARTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the following spare parts for the chemical metering
pumps and the associated local control panels:
1. One spare 50-foot long tube for each pump supplied
2. One spare rotor assembly and pumphead for each size of pump supplied
3. Five gallons of each type of lubricant required
2.5 PROTECTIVE COATINGS
A. Peristaltic hose pumps and drives shall be supplied with a factory applied, multiple-coat
epoxy paint system specifically formulated for use on equipment in chemical service
applications. Minimum dry film thickness shall be 8 mils. stainless steel and non-
metallic components shall not be coated.
2.5 MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL
A. Watson-Marlow Bredel; model 520DuN/R2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with approved procedures
submitted with the shop drawings and as shown, unless otherwise approved.
B. Local control panels shall be installed in accordance with approved procedures
submitted with the shop drawings and as shown, unless otherwise approved.
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-6
C. Local control panels shall be tested at the manufacturer's plant prior to delivery to the
site of work. All set points shall be programmed. Simulated signals shall be sent to
LCP to test operational and alarm conditions.
D. General installation requirements shall be as specified for "Execution" in Section 11100
- Pumps, General.
-1
- END OF SECTION -
1
^1
-1
l
1
1
1
J
J
..l
MWH-071704 PERISTALTIC PUMPS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11263-7
J
ir. ,
i
,. .. .,.
��
_ � - � i•
• aS
- -
SECTION 11268-CALIBRATION COLUMNS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install calibration columns for the chemical systems
in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer's data on the calibration columns in
accordance with Section 01300-Contractor Submittals.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The calibration columns shall be of the capacity shown in the following table indicated with
graduations in milliliters as shown in the table and with standard divisions for easy
conversion to units of gallons per hour.
Application-Location Volume-Capacity-ml MilhUter-Graduation
P-51 C Suction 100 5
P-51 D Suction 100 5
B. The calibration columns shall be easily disassembled to facilitate cleaning.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION
A. The calibration columns shall have a clear PVC graduated cylinder with end caps. All
calibration columns may have threaded connections of PVC or stainless steel construction
and shall be of suitable construction for the chemical service.
2.3 MANUFACTURER
A. The calibration columns shall be as manufactured by Milton Roy, Valcom, or equal.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The calibration columns shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
published instructions.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071704 CALIBRATION COLUMNS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11268-1
SECTION 11283 - SODIUM-HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install, at the location shown on the Drawings, as
specified or as directed, all the sodium hypochlorite, storage and feed equipment as
required for the proper completion of the work included under this Contract. This shall
include pumps, tank, pressure gauges, miscellaneous valves and shall furnish and
install anchor bolts, spare parts, and piping, fittings, gaskets, couplings, supports, and
other appurtenances, and furnish all labor, supervision, materials, tools, and
appurtenances necessary for a complete and operable system.
B. In general, this work shall include the furnishing and installation of the following:
1. Sodium Hypochlorite Storage Tank
2. Two (2) Peristaltic Pumps with Stand
3. Two (2) Residual Chlorine/pH Analyzers
4. One (1) Sodium Hypochlorite Solution Diffuser
C. This Section shall include the complete installation and responsibility for the proper
operation of the various components of this Section. It shall also include painting, field
testing and additional services of the equipment supplier. All sensing equipment and
chlorine residual analyzers shall be as specified.
D. It is the intent of this Contract that the installation shall be complete in all respects and
ready for use and operation. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for all incidental
details for any special construction necessary to complete the work in an acceptable
manner.
E. The requirements of Section 11000 — Equipment General Provisions apply to the WORK
of this Section.
1.2 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. All equipment and materials furnished under this Contract shall be new, suitable for the
conditions of service to which they will be subject, designed for long and continuous
operation, and equal to the best of their respective classes. Grade and quality shall
meet the applicable cited specifications and standards.
B. In general, materials shall conform to the requirements of the latest A.S.T.M.
Specifications.
C. All materials shall be designed to withstand concentrations up to 15% sodium
hypochlorite solution to be handled by the various pieces of equipment.
MWH-071704 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11283-1
D. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality and shall be carried out by competent and
experienced workmen.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUALS
A. Detailed, dimensioned shop drawings and data conforming to the requirements of
Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals shall be submitted and approved before
fabrication, shipment or work specified under this Section begins.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish under this Section, six (6) bound copies of
complete and detailed Instructions for the operation, lubrication, and maintenance of all
equipment furnished and installed hereunder. Manuals shall be complete with wiring
diagrams, lubrication schedules and recommended lubricants, drawings, cuts, parts
lists, and other necessary data. All parts shall be numbered or otherwise clearly
identified to facilitate ordering of replacements. Descriptions of all operational control
devices and their specific functions shall also be included.
1.4 EXPERIENCE QUALIFICATIONS
A. The equipment to be furnished hereunder shall be made by a manufacturer regularly
engaged in such work, and who has furnished similar installations and had them in
successful and continuous operation for at least 5 years.
B. Data on service history and operation of submitted equipment shall be made available to
the ENGINEER, if requested, for its use in� determining that the equipment and
specialties offered meet the intent of this Contract and requirements of these
Specifications.
PART 2 — MATERIAL
2.1 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install at the location shown in the Contract
Drawings as specified or directed, a sodium hypochlorite storage and feed system
consisting of: one (1) HDPE sodium hypochlorite bulk storage tank, two (2) peristaltic
type feed pumps with calibration columns, pressure gauges, and mounting bases. In
addition, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install as required anchor bolts, piping
and valves as described herein and in the contract drawings, and all appurtenances
necessary for the proper completion of the work of this Contract.
2.2 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK
A. The sodium hypochlorite storage tank shall be as specified in Section 13675 —
Polyethylene Tanks.
2.3 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE PERISTALTIC FEED PUMPS
MWH-071704 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11283-2
A. The sodium hypochlorite peristaltic feed pumps shall be as specified in Section 11263 —
Peristaltic Pumps.
2.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE/pH ANALYZERS ME-6 and ME-7
A. The residual chlorine/pH analyzers shall be as specified in Section 16485 — Local Control
Stations and Miscellaneous Electrical Devices.
2.5 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE DIFFUSER
A. Sodium hypochlorite diffuser shall be installed as shown on the Drawings to feed sodium
hypochlorite solution into the water stream. All diffusers shall be well supported with
corrosion-resistant supports of Monel or suitable plastic, and they shall be installed for
easy removal and disconnection.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended and approved procedures submitted with the Shop Drawings. During
erection, cutting oil and grease and other foreign material inside any portion of the
system shall be thoroughly removed by methods such as flushing. The CONTRACTOR
SHALL NOT USE HYDROCARBONS OR ALCOHOLS FOR CLEANING. New
equipment, pipe, fittings and accessories received in an oily condition shall be
dismantled and cleaned before use.
3.2 ANCHOR BOLTS AND FASTENERS
A. Anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and fasteners shall be furnished with the equipment herein
specified and set in conformance with templates or drawings also supplied by the
manufacturer. All external anchor bolts. studs, fasteners, washers, and nuts shall be
Type 316 stainless steel. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all anchor bolts, studs,
washers, nuts and fasteners required to complete the work of this Contract.
3.3 SPARE PARTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the manufacturers recommend spare parts for the
equipment specified herein. The CONTRACTOR shall provide one (1) spare sodium
hypochlorite diffuser.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall suitably box and/or protect, clearly identify and match-mark all
spare parts.
3.4 TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS
MWH-071704 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11283-3
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a complete set of any special tools required for the
maintenance and operation of this equipment, as designated by the equipment
manufacturer.
3.5 PAINTING
A. Equipment which did not receive a factory finish or factory-painted items requiring
touching up in the field shall be coated in accordance with Section 09800 — Protective
Coating. Unless otherwise specified, all mild steel parts not buried in concrete,
cadmium plated, galvanized, or plastic covered, shall be shop primed with one coat of
paint recommended as compatible with finish coats by the manufacturer whose paint is
to be used for field painting, under Section 09800 — Protective Coating. Stainless steel,
aluminum, brass, bronze, galvanized or cadmium plated steel, and plastic covered parts
will not be painted. Required field painting of all surfaces shall be as specified under
Section 09800 — Protective Coating. Machined and finished surfaces shall be protected
with a suitable lubricant to prevent rusting.
B. Under this Section all concrete surface as described in the Contract Drawings
containment area shall receive two coats of sodium hypochlorite resistant paint such as
identified in Section 09800 - Protective Coating. The paint shall be adequate in all
respects for splash and fume resistance to 15% sodium hypochlorite solution.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall, under this Section, remedy all damage to shop coatings after
installation of equipment and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
3.6 ADJUSTING, TESTING AND ADDITIONAL SERVICES
A. After all equipment and accessories to be furnished have been installed in place, the
CONTRACTOR shall put them in final adjustment and give such operating tests as will
assure the ENGINEER that they are in proper adjustment and in permanent operating
condition. This particular work shall include the services of a qualified representative of
the equipment supplier for not less than one day to secure proper installation,
adjustment, and testing.
B. In addition, services of each manufacturer's representative shall be furnished for a
period of not less than one day to instruct plant personnel in the maintenance and
Operation of the equipment.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071704 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11283-4
SECTION 11511 - COMPRESSORS, TANK-MOUNTED, RECIPROCATING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide tank-mounted compressors, complete and operable,
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 11000 - Equipment General Provisions apply to the WORK of
this Section.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 COMPRESSORS, TANK-MOUNTED
A. Operating Conditions: Compressor operating conditions shall be as follows:
Identification number ME-12
Location Mechanical Room
Service Air
Elevation above sea, ft 130
Piston displacement, cfm 17
Discharge pressure, psig 220
Motor size, min, hp 5
Motor speed, max rpm 1100
Compressor speed, max rpm 1800
Size of receiver, gal J__
80
B. Equipment Requirements: The compressors shall consist of tank-mounted
compressor units of the vertical, positive displacement, air-cooled, 2-stage, V-belt driven,
lubricated type.
C. Receivers: Each compressor shall be securely mounted on an ASME approved
horizontal welded steel tank with integral legs, suitable for the working pressure and size
indicated above. The tank shall have threaded connections for an inlet, outlet, drain,
pressure gage, and pressure switch. The outlet shall have an ASME approved pressure
relief valve. The drain connection shall have a plug valve, a strainer, and a condensate
trap piped to the nearest floor drain or similar drainage point. The receiver shall be
securely mounted to the floor with restrained, heavy-duty spring-type vibration isolators
and anchor bolts.
MWH-07212004 COMPRESSORS, TANK-MOUNTED
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11511-1
D. Control Panels: Each compressor shall be controlled from a wall- or floor-mounted
control panel in an enclosure complying with the area designations in Section 16050 -
Electrical Work, General with hinged door and enamel finish. The panel shall be
completely pre- wired to provide a fully automatic operation and include the following
features for each compressor:
1. Circuit breaker
2. Magnetic starter
3. Push buttons in front panel
4. , Running light in front panel
5. Warning lights for low oil and high temperature
6. Contact for remote indication of failure
7. Stainless steel or heavy plastic labels for all controls and functions
E. The control panel shall be connected to the pressure switches and the compressors, as
indicated.
F. Controls shall be in accordance with Section 13202 — Surge Control System.
G. Drive: Drive shall be a V-belt-type with heavy-duty electric motor suitable for installation
in the area indicated, for 460-volt, 3-phase, 60-Hz supply.
H. Accessories: Units shall be provided complete with the following accessories, each:
1 air receiver with condensate trap and drain
1 set of restrained, heavy-duty spring-type vibration isolators
1 set of galvanized anchor bolts and nuts
1 flexible connector, stainless steel, corrugated or braided
1 pressure relief valve
1 check valve, silent, spring-loaded
1 shut-off valve
1 pressure switches
1 safety guard
1 pressure gage with valve, and all other controls and appurtenances indicated
1 low oil switch
I. Equipment Construction: Basic equipment construction and materials required shall
be as follows:
Common base-plate (mounted on cast-iron or steel, with sliding motor base
receiver)
Crankcase cast iron
Cylinders precision-honed, with radial fins
Pistons cast iron or aluminum
MWH-07212004 COMPRESSORS, TANK-MOUNTED
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11511-2
Rings oil control and compression rings
Heads cast-iron or aluminum
Crankshaft ductile iron or carbon steel
Bearings heavy duty anti-friction bearings
Lubrication splash-type lubrication
Valves stainless steel
Flywheel cast-iron
Suction filter-silencer dry-type
Starting unloader built-in centrifugal type
Intercooler (if 2-stage) finned copper tubes
Safety shut-down switches low oil level and high temperature
J. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Ingersoll-Rand, model 2475D5
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the Shop Drawings and approved
written procedures submitted with the Shop Drawings; provided, that nothing contained
in said procedures or shop drawings shall authorize the CONTRACTOR to vary from the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. General installation requirements shall be in accordance with Section 11000.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07212004 COMPRESSORS, TANK-MOUNTED
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 11511-3
_ �.
� �
• -'S,.
� � �
.. w�
.*
SECTION 13202 — SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. This section includes materials, testing, and installation of a single hydropneumatic
pressure vessel for surge control including air compressor assembly and receiver,
complete with all necessary accessories, mounts, fittings, valves, connections, safety
devices, tools, level controls, level gages, and accessories, etc. to provide a workable
installation as shown and specified herein, in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
B. Surge tanks shall be suitable for operation with potable water.
C. Electrical equipment furnished with surge control systems shall meet the requirements of
Section 16050 — Electrical Work, General.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit certified layout drawings showing dimensions of all equipment and accessories
and piping. Show equipment weights and mounting designs including anchor bolt details
and seismic calculations. Show weight of pressure vessel, both empty and filled with
water. Provide dimensional drawings and layouts for sight gages, solenoid valves, and
level probes.
B. Interior and exterior tank coating systems in accordance with Section 09800— Protective
Coatings.
C. Submit manufacturer's catalog data on air compressor assembly and receiver, gages,
valves, and level control system.
D. Submit electrical schematic and wiring diagrams showing wiring, controls, and terminals.
Label each terminal, showing which control or electrical power wire connects to which
terminal. Indicate voltage of circuits.
E. Submit mathematical computer analysis of hydraulic conditions which determine the
design, including description and explanation of computer analysis.
F. Manufacturer's installation procedures and Certificate of Proper Installation following
installation inspection.
G. Provide a written guarantee of performance, materials, and workmanship guaranteeing
that the surge control systems will conform to the design criteria specified. Such
performance shall be verified by the field testing specified. In the event that the test
results show that the surge control equipment fails to comply with the design criteria,
upgrade or reconstruct the surge control system so that it meets the design criteria.
H. Technical Manual: Provide technical manuals in accordance with Section 01300 —
Contractor Submittals.
MW-07192004 SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13202-1
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The manufacturer of the surge control systems shall furnish written evidence of at least
ten (10) installations where similar equipment has been provided. These installations
shall have been operating satisfactorily for at least five years. The surge control
systems shall be as manufactured by Pulsco, or equal.
B. Tank Welders shall be ASME certified.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 ' , HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Surge control systems shall be used to prevent adverse hydraulic transients in a pump
station and pipeline system pumping potable water. The surge control system
manufacturer is responsible for performing a computerized surge analysis to determine
surge tank sizing, upsurge and downsurge transients, surge tank water surface levels,
and check valve open/close rates. The system for which the surge control is to be
provided consists of a high service potable water pump station and distribution piping
system. Assume the following values or factors in performing the surge analysis and
designing the tank:
Flow rate through 3.2 mgd
pump station, ultimate
Maximum allowable 120 psig
pressure due to surge
Minimum allowable 20 psig
pressure due to surge,
at any point in pipeline
B. The pressure vessel is to be connected to the pump station discharge as shown in the
Contract Drawings.
C. Coordinate design and installation of the surge control system with the check valve
operation. Provide recommended closure rates for check valves.
D. Include the following surge/flow conditions in the design analysis:
1. Power failure to the pump station at the design flow rate indicated above.
2. Size tank T-02 with allowances for:
a. Ten percent volume seal at lowest surge pressure anticipated at tank after
power failure at the design flow rate.
b. Water level/alarm control band of 3-inches.
c. The minimum net tank volume required, based on design-phase estimates, is
1250 ft3.
MW-07192004 SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13202-2
2.2 PRESSURE VESSEL T-02
A. Tank shall be of horizontal, cylindrical configuration with elliptical heads, measuring
approximately 5 feet in diameter.
B. Materials for the tank, design, and shop fabrication and inspection shall comply with
Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for Unified
Pressure Vessels, with only the plate steels in Table UCS-23 of said code being used.
Design pressure shall be at least 10% above the pump shut-off pressure head and shall
be a minimum of 250 psig. Vessel shall also be rated for full vacuum (-14.7 psig).
C. Provide ASME Code stamp and pressure rating on pressure vessel.
D. Provide internal energy dissipater to attenuate surge and provide performance levels
specified above.
E. Provide 18-inch by 24-inch elliptical opening for access manhole, flanged outlet for pipe
connection to pump station discharge and tank drain, flanged outlet for level
measurement system, threaded couplings for connecting gages; valves, and air piping.
Threads shall comply with ANSI B16.5. Pipe connections shall be as indicated in the
drawings.
F. Adjust as-designed tank supports to match as-supplied tank, at no additional cost to the
OWNER.
G. Provide lifting lugs suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components
weighing over 100 pounds.
2.3 LIQUID-LEVEL GAGES
A. Provide shielded, liquid level gages using 0.75-inch glass window and a minimum
viewing length of 24-inch. Gages shall be protected by a Type 316 stainless steel cover
with viewing slot to protect glass. Provide sufficient gages to view the entire operating
range of water levels in the tank. Provide isolation valves with 0.75-inch vessel
connections, and ball checks to prevent loss of liquid upon gage breakage. Valves shall
be offset pattern with integral bonnet per Section 15204 - Ball Valves. Provide drain
cock on the lower valve. Valves shall comply with ASME Boller and Pressure Vessel
Code. Valves and gages shall have a minimum pressure rating of 400 psi. Gages shall
be Penberthy or equal.
2.4 SAFETY-RELIEF VALVE
A. Safety-relief valve shall comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Valve
shall be Type 316 or better stainless steel, and shall have a pressure rating of at least
300 psi. Valve shall have a bottom NPT inlet and shall have incorporated a calibrate
spring set to allow the valve to open at the tank design pressure. Valve shall be FM
Model 4200 or equal.
2.5 AIR COMPRESSOR AND RECEIVER ASSEMBLY
A. The surge control system shall be provided with an air compressor and receiver tank for
pressurizing and maintaining level in the surge control tank. The air compressor and
receiver shall be as specified in Section 11511 — Compressors, Tank-Mounted,
Reciprocating.
MW-07192004 SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13202-3
2.6 LOCAL CONTROL PANELS (LCPs)
A. Local control panels shall comply with Section 16485 - Local Control Stations and
Miscellaneous Electrical Devices.
B. Surge Tank Air Compressor LCP: Provide a NEMA 4 local control panel for the surge
tank air compressor. LCP shall contain main disconnect, 480-volt motor starter and
associated circuitry, 120-volt control power transformer, and 120-volt controls as
required for compressor operation. LCP shall provide a dry contact for common alarm
due to low air pressure or compressor failure, and shall provide local indicator lights for
these alarm conditions.
C. Surge Tank Level Control LCP: Provide a NEMA 4 local control panel for the surge
tank automatic air-volume control system which is specified in this section. LCP shall
contain main disconnect and all controls and alarms necessary for operation (air
add/bleed) and status monitoring of the surge tank. LCP shall provide a dry contact for
common alarm due to high or low water level in the surge tank, or other system failure,
and shall provide local indicator lights for individual alarm conditions.
2.7 AUTOMATIC AIR-VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
A. The automatic air-volume control system, in conjunction with tank-mounted sensor probe
and the air compressor unit, shall control the air/water ratio in the hydropneumatic
pressure tank and maintain the air/water ratio within a range compatible with the surge
control system design and established system static and maximum operating pressures.
Provide a radio frequency (RF) probe level controller installed on top of the
hydropneumatic tank for said control. Level set points for air bleed/addition and high or
low level alarm conditions shall be determined by the surge control system
manufacturer.
2.8 HEATER SYSTEM
A. Description: The automatic temperature control system prevents freezing of water in the
hydropneumatic pressure tank and consists of a controller/contractor panel,
RTD/thermocouple, and immersion heaters. At the first temperature set point
(approximately 34 degrees F), the system will energize two immersion heaters. If the
water temperature continues to fall, the system will energize the remaining two
immersion heaters at approximately 32 degrees F.
B. Control/Contractor Panel:
1. Indicate tank water temperature and immersion heater set points. Indicate which
pairs of heaters are energized at the panel and provide terminals and contacts for
remote indication of system status, including undertemperature, overtemperature
and ON-OFF status of each set of heaters.
2. Single NEMA 12 heater system control/contractor panel 460 volts, three-phase, with
main disconnect switch, power "ON" lamp, temperature controllers, magnetic
contactor, and control power transformer.
3. Chromaox 4432 Series with 2104 Series temperature controllers, or equal.
C. Immersion Heaters:
1. 460 volts, three-phase, 12 kW.
MW-07192004 SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13202-4
2. Provide four heaters at the bottom third of the surge tank as shown on the
Drawings.
3. Install one heater at each 5-inch flanged nozzle on surge tank.
4. Chromalox Catalog No. TM-6125E4, with Type E-4 moisture resistant terminal
enclosures, or equal.
D. RTD/Thermocouple Input Sensor
1. Provide single input sensor at surge tank with minimum indication range of 0 to 100
degrees F and weatherproof protective head.
2. Mount input sensor within bottom third of tank with 0.75-inch NPT, independent of
heaters.
3. Locate input sensor in protective well inside the tank to allow for removal of sensor
without draining of the tank.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Equipment shall be properly packaged to avoid damage during handling and shipment.
B. In the event that on-site storage is required prior to installation, the manufacturer's
recommendations shall be followed to prevent equipment damage.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install surge control system equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and recommendations.
B. Assemble Accessories: Make process, control, and electrical connections.
C. Make piping connections such that misalignment stresses are not induced in tank
nozzles.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Static Test:
1. Hydrostatically test installed surge control tank for 4 hours minimum at 1.5 times
design pressure, before dynamic testing.
2. Repair leaks detected during testing.
B. Functional Test:
1. Dynamic Test: Perform in response to flow startup and stoppage.
2. Flow Stoppage: Performed by shutting off the main power disconnect switch under
normal flow conditions for two pumps operating to simulate a power failure.
3. Testing with Multiple Pumps: Increase number of pumps, one at a time.
MW-07192004 SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13202-5
4. Record pressures using a strip chart recorder for dynamic operation of each pump
combination in startup and shutdown of flow. Submit results to ENGINEER for
review.
5. Inspect and test components for alignment, operation, and connection, and
performance.
C. Upgrade or reconstruct surge control system if surge control equipment fails to comply
with design criteria. Retest surge control system subsequent to any system upgrading or
reconstruction.
3.4 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. Manufacturer's Representative: Present at site, for minimum person-days listed below,
travel time excluded:
1. 1 person-day for installation assistance and inspection.
2. 2 person-days for functional testing and Certification of Proper Installation.
3. 1 person-day for post-startup training of OWNER's personnel. Training shall not
commence until an accepted detailed lesson plan has been reviewed by OWNER.
— END OF SECTION —
MW-07192004 SURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13202-6
SECTION 13675 - POLYETHYLENE TANKS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide high density polyethylene tanks with anchoring
systems, piping connections, and accessories, complete and in place, in accordance
with the Contract Documents. Tanks shall be constructed of materials compatible with
the chemical stored.
B. Unit Responsibility: The CONTRACTOR shall assign responsibility for furnishing the
tank system as indicated to the tank manufacturer.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards
ASTM D 618 Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for
Testing
ASTM D 638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of
Plastics
ASTM D 746 Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature
of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact
ASTM D 790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of
Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical
Insulating Materials
ASTM D 883 Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics
ASTM D 1505 Standard Test Methods for Density of Plastics by the
Density-Gradient Technique
ASTM D 1525 Standard Test Method for Vicat Softening
Temperature of Plastics
ASTM D 1693 Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-
Cracking of Ethylene Plastics
ASTM D 1998 Polyethylene Upright Storage Tanks
ASTM D 2765 Standard Test Methods for Determination of Gel
Content and Swell Ratio of Cross-Linked Ethylene
Plastics
ASTM D 2837 Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydro-Static
Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials
ASTM D 3892 Standard Practice for Packaging/Packing of Plastics
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-1
ASTM F 412 Standard Terminology Related to Plastic Piping
Systems
ANSI B 16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ARM Low Temperature Impact Resistance (Falling Dail
Test Procedure)
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in compliance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Tank manufacturer's data including capacity (gallons), weight (empty and filled with
water), and maximum design specific gravity. Dimensions showing locations and
orientations of openings, fittings, instrumentation, level indicators, tank accessories,
and seismic support structure and anchoring system details.
2: Details on inlet and outlet fittings, manways, flexible connections, vents and level
indicators. Include a nozzle schedule indicating size, mark, thickness and rating.
3. Tank pad requirements such as blockouts where a full drain fitting is required.
4. Bill of materials listing all components, resins, catalysts, reinforcing materials,
gasket style and material, bolting material, etc., with manufacturer's name, trade,
and identification marks. The laminate sequence used for all tanks must either be
attached to or included on drawings used by the fabricator's shop personnel.
5. Information showing compatibility with chemical to be stored under the
concentration and temperature conditions expected.
6. Plans and instructions prepared by a registered Professional Engineer showing the
seismic restraint system.
7. Calculations stamped and signed by a registered engineer and certified by the tank
manufacturer. Include wall thickness calculations (hoop stress shall be indicated)
and tank and tank support system calculations seismic and wind criteria shall be
indicated.
C. Manufacturer's Qualifications
1. List of installations documenting manufacturer's qualifications.
D. Technical Manual: Include the following in Part 2 - Operational Procedures.:
1. Manufacturer's recommendations for installation.
2. Installation and adjustment procedures to include foundation bolt and piping
connections to the tank.
3. Repair procedures for typical situations including small holes, pinholes, and minor
cracks in the tank.
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-2
E. Proposed Manufacturer warranty.
F. Manufacturer's unloading procedure and installation instructions.
G. Factory Test Report
1. Tank nominal capacity and diameter, material, hoop stress design.
2. Review audit for wall thickness.
3. Fitting placement.
4. Visual inspection.
H. A representative of the manufacturer shall certify in writing that the tank has been
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Certification shall be
submitted to the ENGINEER.
1.4 MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. The tank manufacturer shall have a record of at least 10 installations during the previous
5 years for the tank sizes indicated and at least three (3) installations for 12.5% or 15%
sodium hypochlorite storage. The manufacturer shall furnish names and telephone
numbers of locations which can be visibly inspected.
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENT
A. The tank shall be warranted for 5 years to be free of defects in material and
workmanship. Warranty may be prorated over the last 3 years.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Tanks shall be one piece seamless construction, circular in cross-section, with
orientation as indicated, complete with piping inlets and outlets, drains, and overflows
installed by the manufacturer, and seismic restraint system. Covered tanks shall be
vented, and shall be provided with entrance manways, and level indicators. Tanks shall
be marked to identify the manufacturer, date of manufacture, serial number, capacity,
and chemical to be stored. Tanks shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 1998 unless
otherwise indicated. Lined or laminated tanks will not be accepted.
B. Dimensions and tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1988. Measurements
shall be taken with the tank empty, in the installation orientation.
C. Tanks shall be in conformance with NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System
Components — Health Effects. Tank fittings and accessories shall be UL Certified for the
chemical stored.
2.2 TANKS
A. Materials: Polyethylene shall be virgin polyethylene as compounded and certified by
the manufacturer, and shall be the linear high density type meeting or exceeding the
following:
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-3
ASTM
Parameter Test Method Value
Density of resin, gm/cc D 1505 0.942 to 0.947
Tensile strength, psi (2-inches per min) D 638 2700
Elongation at break, percent (2-inches per min) D 638 350
ESCR (100 percent Igepal, Condition A, F50), hours D 1693 400 to 1000
ESCR (10 percent Igepal, Condition A, F50), hours D 1693 200 to 500
Vicat softening temperature, deg. F D 1525 235
Brittleness temperature, deg. F, maximum D 746 -180
Flexural modulus, psi D 790 97,000 to 103,000
B. Linear polyethylene resin used in the tank shall be by Exxon Mobil Chemicals, or
equal, and shall contain ultraviolet stabilizer as recommended by the manufacturer.
Where black or white tanks are indicated, the resin shall be compounded black or white.
C. Operating Conditions: Chemical storage tanks shall be suitable for the following
operating conditions:
Equipment number - T-01
Chemical stored - Sodium Hypochlorite
Concentration, percent - 12.5
Unit weight, lb/gal - 10
Fluid specific gravity - 1.2
Solution pH - 11-13
Maximum fluid temperature, deg. F - 80
Minimum fluid temperature, deg. F - 40
Minimum ambient air temperature,
deg. F - 40
D. Construction
1. The minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical portion at any chemical depth shall be
determined by ASTM D 1998 as modified by the following equation. Wall thickness
shall be tapered, and no wall shall be less than 0.187-inch thick at the top.
T = 0.433 x ASG x OD x H x OD/2 x SF x SD
Where: T = wall thickness at any depth, in
ASG = adjusted specific gravity of chemical (See Note A)
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-4
H = depth of chemical in tank ft
OD = outside diameter of tank, ft
SF = service factor based on wall thickness
SD = hydrostatic design stress, 600 psi (See Note B)
Note A: The specific gravity of the fluid shall be multiplied by 1.5 to obtain the
adjusted specific gravity, ASG. The maximum ASG value shall be 1.9.
Note B: The hydrostatic design stress shall be derated for temperatures above 100
deg F according to ASTM D 1998.
a. The minimum wall thickness shall be sufficient to support its own weight in an
upright position without external support. Flat areas shall be provided for
attachment of large fittings on the cylindrical portion.
2. The top head shall be integrally molded with the cylindrical wall. Its minimum
thickness shall equal the thickness of the top of the wall.
3. The bottom head shall be integrally molded with the cylindrical wall. Knuckle radius
shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1998.
4. Tie-down lugs may be molded into the top head.
E. Tanks shall have the following characteristics:
1. Equipment No. - T-01
2. Type (see Note 1) - CD
3. Nominal diameter, ft - 5
4. Nominal height, ft (see Note 2) - 6.5
5. Required capacity, gallons - 900 (not to exceed 1000)
6. Liquid depth, maximum, ft - 6.25
7. Manway (see Note 3)
Mounting - TM
Diameter, inches - 18
8. Exposure - Indoor
9. Color - Opaque White
10. Orientation - Vertical
Note 1: CD = closed, domed top; CF = closed, flat top; OIF = open, internal
flange; OEF = open, external flange; FLR = flat lid removable; FLH = flat
lid hinged.
Note 2: Nominal height of domed top tanks is the dimension measured along the
straight cylindrical portion of the tank and does not include the rounded
end.
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-5
Note 3: TM = top mount; TSM = top and side mount
Unless otherwise indicated, manways shall be integrally molded with the
tank.
2.3 TANK FITTINGS
A. Tank fittings shall be according to the fitting schedule below. Tank outlets shall be
mechanically attached to a chemical compatible insert encapsulated into the tank wall.
Dome and other fittings may be bolted or threaded onto the tank. Bulkhead fittings shall
be constructed of PVC or other material compatible with the chemical stored. Gasket
material shall be a minimum of '/-inch thickness and be constructed of 40 to 50
durometer EPDM, 60 to 70 durometer Viton, or as recommended by the manufacturer
for the service indicated. Bolts shall be titanium. Any screwed fittings shall use
American Standard Pipe Threads. No metals shall be exposed to tank contents.
Fitting Type & Size
Item _(Inches)(Note 41
1: Equipment No. - T-01
2. Fill - PVC/2-in.
3. Overflow/Vent - PVC/2 in.
4. Tank drain/outlet to pump - PVC with siphon tube/1 in.
5 ralibratinn Column Vent PVr'j1/2-in
6. Level indication - Manufacturer Standard
7. Liquid level float switch - PVC/3/4-in.
Note 4: Refer to drawings for fitting size and location. Abbreviations for fittings are:
BF-H: Bolted flanged fitting with Hastelloy-C studs and polyethylene encapsulated
heads.
BF-SS: Bolted flanged fitting with 316 SS studs and polyethylene encapsulated
heads.
IMFO: Integrally molded flanged outlet.
DB-SD: Double bolt with siphon drain, 316 SS studs, and polyethylene encapsulated
heads.
PVC: Double-nut PVC fitting.
8. Attachments: Pipe attachments at fittings shall be equipped with flexible couplers or
other provisions for movement. Piping attachments shall allow for 3 to 4 percent
movement.
2.4 LEVEL INDICATION
A. Level indication shall be provided where indicated. Graduations on Tank T-01 shall be
provided at every 50 gallon interval with 100 gallon intervals clearly labeled for bulk
storage tanks. Unless otherwise indicated, graduations shall be marked on the tank
exterior.
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-6
B. Level Switch: A HIGH LEVEL float switch shall be provided at the 900-gallon volume
level of T-01. The level float switch shall activate an alarm at the remote tank fill station
when tripped during tank filling.
2.5 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM
A. Tank T-01 shall be provided on an equipment pad and shall be bolted to the pad.
B. Tank T-01 shall be provided with seismic restraint systems manufactured in
conformance with plans and instructions prepared by an engineer. Tie-down lugs shall
be integrally molded into the top head of the tank. The lateral restraint assembly shall
be designed for seismic Zone 3 and shall conform to the Uniform Building Code. The
seismic restraint system shall be manufactured of Type 316 Stainless.
2.6 SAFETY SIGNS
A. Tank T-01: Each tank inlet and tank outlet shall be clearly marked with hazardous
material warning signs, 10 inches by 14 inches in size. Each sign shall have the word
"DANGER" and the name of the chemical stored, printed in large block letters and
mounted directly adjacent to the tank outlet and tank inlet. Each entry manway shall be
provided with a sign ("DANGER--CONFINED SPACE--HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE").
Signs shall comply with Section 10400 — Identifying Devices and the requirements
herein. The tank shall also be marked with an NFPA placard indicating the hazard
ratings of the chemical stored.
2.7 FACTORY TESTING
A. Material Testing
1. Low temperature impact test: Condition samples taken from fitting cutouts frozen
for 2 hours at minus 40 degrees F. Perform impact tests in accordance with ASTM
D 1998. Specimens less than 1/2-in thick shall be tested at 100 ft.-lb. and
specimens equal to or thicker than 1/2 -in shall be tested at 200 ft.-lb.
2. Degree of cross-linking (applicable to cross link material only): Use Method C of
ASTM D 2765 to determine the ortho-xylene insoluble fraction of cross-linked
polyethylene. Samples from the inside of the tank 1/8-in deep shall test at no less
than 65 percent.
B. Tank Testing
1. Dimensions: Take exterior dimensions with the tank empty, in the vertical position.
Outside diameter tolerance, including out-of-roundness, shall be per ASTM D 1998.
Fitting placement tolerance shall be 1/2-in vertical and 2 degrees radial.
2. Visual: Inspect for foreign inclusions, air bubbles, pimples, crazing, cracking, and
delamination.
3. Wall Thickness
a. Tanks smaller than 2000 gal may be tested during a production run and the
results reported as representative of each tank in the run.
C. Following fabrication, the tanks, including inlet and outlet fittings, shall be hydraulically
tested with water by filling to the brim for a minimum of 4 hours and inspecting for leaks.
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-7
The factory test shall compensate for the difference in specific gravity between the test
water and chemical stored to simulate actual maximum operating pressures. Test
methods may include adding a 1.0 psi air pad to a filled tank or filling the tank with
standpipes, raising the maximum water surface approximately 5 feet higher than the
normal maximum tank level. Following successful testing, the tank shall be emptied and
dried prior to shipment.
D. An affidavit signed by the tank manufacturer shall be furnished indicating that the factory
tests have been performed and the indicated conditions have been met.
2.8 MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL
A. Snyder California Container.
B. Corrosion Resistant Technologies, Inc.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. After installation of tank and all fittings, the tank shall be water tested by filling the entire
tank with water and monitoring the tank as well as all fitting connections for at least 24
hours. Leaks shall be corrected prior to acceptance. Following successful field testing,
the tank shall be completely emptied and dried.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071904 POLYETHYLENE TANKS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 13675-8
SECTION 14600 — HOISTS AND CRANES, GENERAL
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the hoisting equipment, ancillary steel, and
appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of this Section apply to all hoists and cranes unless indicated
otherwise.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards
AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of
Structural Steel for Building
AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association
ANSI B30.11 Overhead and Gantry Cranes
ANSI MH 27.1 Underhung Crane and Monorail Systems
ASTIVI A 36 Carbon Structural Steel
CMA Crane Manufacturer's Association of America
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings shall include all electrical requirements, weights, wheel loads,
dimensions, and clearances required.
C. Technical Manuals: Include complete operating and maintenance instructions of the
hoist and crane systems.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inspection and Testing Requirements: After erection, the CONTRACTOR shall
inspect and test all hoists and crane systems in the presence of the manufacturer's
service representative, for proper operation and conformance to the Specifications.
B. Acceptance Criteria and Tolerances: The ENGINEER reserves the right to reject any
equipment not conforming to the tolerances, deflections, and lateral stiffness indicated.
MWH-011304 HOISTS AND CRANES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14600-1
1.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall have the hoist or crane manufacturer furnish the services of a
trained, qualified representative for at least one day after the units are installed, for the
purpose of inspecting the installation and instructing the OWNER's operating personnel.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Equipment of similar design shall be from the same manufacturer.
B. The capacity of each hoist and trolley shall be peimanently marked in a conspicuous
manner on the equipment. The wire rope reeving shall be of the 2-part double, cross
mounted or similar appropriate type, to provide a true, vertical lift without drift, unless
otherwise indicated.
C. All hooks shall be safety type with latch.
D. Motors: Motors shall comply with the requirements of Section 16460 - Electric Motors.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall verify all dimensions and clearances in the field prior to
erection and shall be responsible for the proper fitting and operation of the equipment.
F. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Washington Crane and Hoist
2. US Crane and Hoist
2.2 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Materials used must be new and of the best commercial grade. Where materials are not
indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall have the manufacturer use the most suitable
selection for the given application and environment.
2.3 PLANT FABRICATED ITEMS
A. Fabrication, assembly, and welding shall be carried out by factory-trained specialists and
certified welders.
2.4 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Tools: The CONTRACTOR shall supply one complete set of special wrenches or other
special tools necessary for the assembly, adjustment, and dismantling of the equipment.
All tools shall be of best quality and furnished in labeled tool boxes of suitable design.
B. Spare Parts: Furnish spare parts as required by the hoist or crane section. Parts shall
be properly labeled and identified with the name and number of the equipment to which
they belong.
MWH-011304 HOISTS AND CRANES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14600-2
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Hoist and crane equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
printed instructions.
B. Workmanship shall be in accordance with the referenced standards and codes.
C. Care shall be taken that the structural integrity of beams, columns, walls, floors, and
roofs will be maintained at all times.
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. After completion of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall test all hoist and crane,.
equipment in the presence of the manufacturer's field representative, who shall certify in
writing that the equipment meets applicable standards and specifications.
- END OF SECTION -
1
1
1
_ l
I
.1
MWH-011304 HOISTS AND CRANES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14600-3
;.
��
�,
_ -
.,
:,
I
SECTION 14630 — BRIDGE CRANES
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an electrically-operated bridge crane system complete
and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 11000 - Equipment General Provisions apply to the WORK
of this Section.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Requirement: The bridge crane system shall be of low headroom type, equipped for
electronic lift and travel in both directions and shall be mounted on standard I-beam or
specially fabricated sections. It shall be controlled from a pendant pushbutton station
and be furnished complete with all required safety devices and overload protection. The
power supply shall be from enclosed, UL-approved conductor bar systems. The rails
shall be standard I-beams, or specially fabricated steel sections, firmly anchored to the
structure in accordance with AISC design manual recommendations. The track
deflection shall not exceed 1/800 of the span, or 1-1/4 inches, whichever is less. The
completed crane system, except the tracks, shall be the product of one crane
manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such equipment.
B. Site Conditions
Equipment No ME-1
Location WTP Biulding
Atmosphere Indoors
C. Design Criteria: The bridge crane system shall have the following capacities and
dimensions:
Equipment No ME-1
Type of Crane Underhung
Type of Bridge single beam
Capacity, tons 2 J
Maximum lift, feet 20
Length of track, feet 39.5
MWH-011304 BRIDGE CRANES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14630-1
Length of bridge, feet 42
Span between tracks, feet 20
Speed Control Single Speed
Lifting Speed, fpm 14
Trolley Speed, fpm 50
Bridge Speed, fpm 50
Hoist Motor, hp 2
Trolley Motor, hp 1/2
Bridge Motor(hp 2 each at 1/2
Power Supply (V-ph-Hz 480-3-60
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Hook and Wire Rope: The lifting hook shall be of drop-forged, heat-treated steel with a
360 degree swivel on a shielded roller thrust bearing with safety spring latch. The wire
ropes shall be improved plow steel with steel center complete with swaged fittings.
B. Hoist and Drive: The hoisting drum shall be a large diameter, deep-grooved and
flanged drum with at least 2 full turns of rope to remain on the drum at the lowest hook
position, with heavy-duty, pre-lubricated sealed bearings. The drum shall be driven by a
helical gear reducer with external spur drum gear enclosed in an oil-tight housing. The
housing motor shall be a standard, 30 minute duty-motor, 1750 rpm, with suitable NEMA
type shaft extension. The hoisting mechanism shall be provided with do magnet-
actuated disc motor brake with hook drift. The motor shall be rated with minimum of 150
percent of full load torque, with gravity type upper and lower hook limit switch, and an
overload cut off switch to interrupt the raising circuit.
C. The hoist shall include a hoist-mounted light aimed downward to illuminate the hook
position. The hoist-,mounted light shall be controlled from the pendant pushbutton station.
D. Trolley Assembly: The trolley assembly shall be an underhung type. The trolley
assembly shall be supported by trolley wheels of tread surfaces hardened to 375 to 425
Brinell. The tread shall be tapered to provide suitable running alignment for trolley.
Each wheel shall be supported on tapered roller bearings suitable to take radial and
thrust loads. The wheel mounting shall be designed so that axles and wheels can be
removed without disturbing other truck elements of their alignment. The wheel tread
shall be smooth, true, and uniform within 0.010-inch tread diameter on all wheels.
E. The trolley shall be driven by a 30 minute-duty cycle rated motor, through an oil-tight
gear reducer conforming with NEMA specifications. The motor shall be provided with
cushion start and controller for smooth travel and load control. The driver shall provide
synchronous drive from gear reducer to both drive wheels. The trolley drive shall be
provided with integrally mounted spring set and an electrically-released drag brake.
MWH-011304 BRIDGE CRANES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14630-2
F. Crane Bridge Assembly: The crane bridge assembly shall be a single beam over-
riding or top-running double beam, electrically driven, center-drive type. The bridge
beam shall be designed in accordance with the latest specifications of the Crane
Manufacturers Association of America. It shall be fabricated of standard structural
shape per AISC Specifications. At full load, the beam shall be designed to limit the
deflection to 1/600 of the span, but not to exceed 1-1/4-inch maximum deflection. An
ASCE rail shall be provided on top of the beam securely fastened in place to maintain
center distance. Provision shall be made to prevent creeping of bridge rails by means of
positive stops at the ends of the rails. Crane shall be reinforced with outrigger to provide
squareness with end truck, adequate lateral stiffness with a minimum lateral moment of
inertia of 1/20 that of the vertical beam moment of inertia. Outrigger shall furnish support
for squaring shaft and the crane drive motor and gear reducer assembly.
G. End Trucks: The end trucks shall be traversed by stable assembly of structural shapes
welded together to provide proper wheel and bearing alignment. The end truck wheel
base shall be minimum of 1/7 of the crane span. One wheel of each end truck shall be
geared and meshed with the pinion mounted on the crane squaring shaft. The crane
and trucks shall contain diaphragm members welded to truck frames to maintain
alignment and distribute truck loads on inner and outer truck members. The truck shall
be designed so that, in case of a wheel axle or wheel failure, the drop of the load will be
limited to one-inch. The end trucks shall be fastened to the bridge beams with bolts to
ensure alignment in assembly.
H. Crane Wheels: Crane wheels shall have tread surfaces hardened to 375 to 425 Brinell.
Treads shall be tapered to provide suitable running alignment for crane. Each wheel
shall be supported on tapered roller bearings mounted on stationary axles, suitable to
take radial and thrust loads. The wheels shall be lubricated at the factory with a sodium
base grease, and provided with a suitable reservoir of lubricant to eliminate the need for
field lubrication. Wheel axles must have mounting nuts for bearing adjustment. Wheel
mounting shall be designed so that axles and wheels can be removed without disturbing
other truck elements of their alignment. Wheel treads shall be smooth, true, and uniform
within 0.01-inch tread diameter on all wheels.
I. Crane Drive: The crane drive motor shall be totally enclosed, 30 minute cycle rated.
The motor shall be integral with a fully enclosed oil splash lubricated gear reduction.
The motor, the drive shaft, and the gear reduction shafts shall be supported by
permanently lubricated precision ball or roller bearings. The drive shaft shall provide
synchronous drive from the gear reduction to both end trucks. The crane drive shall
include integrally-mounted spring set electrically-released do rectified disc brake.
J. Drive Shaft: The drive shaft of the crane shall be supported on lubricated, precision,
ball-bearing pillow blocks based on 10-ft maximum centers. These pillow blocks shall be
lubricated through pressure grease fittings. The crane drive shaft shall be steel and
designed to limit torsional shaft stress to 6,000 psi. Maximum torsional twist angle in the
drive shaft shall not exceed one degree of the wheel rotation under maximum rated load,
regardless of load location.
K. Bearing Life: Bearings in the crane wheels, those supporting the drive shafts, and the
gear reduction shafts, shall be designed for 5,000 hrs L-10 bearing life minimum.
L. Gearing: Gears shall be cut from solid blanks with 20-degree pressure angle involute
shape for high strength and shall comply with AGMA specifications for load ratings. All
gears operating at higher than 20 fpm pitch line speed shall be fully enclosed in oil-tight
housings and lubricated by splash principle. Gear teeth shall have ductile cores and be
MWH-011304 BRIDGE CRANES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14630-3
surface hardened to RC40 minimum. The gear shall provide for a minimum service of
4,000 hr, compounded for intermittent operations corresponding to 5 years minimum
industrial use.
M. Bridge Stops: The bridge shall be provided with bumpers capable of stopping the
crane (not including the lifted load) at a rate of dec;eleiation not to exceed 3 fps when
traveling in either direction at 20 percent of rated speed. The bumpers shall have
sufficient energy absorbing capacity to stop the crane when traveling at a speed of at
least 40 percent of the rated load speed. Bridge trucks shall be equipped with sweeps
which extend below the top of the rail and project in front of the crane wheel.
N. Runway Beams and Rails: The runway beams and rails shall be provided as
indicated. The rails shall be an ASCE type securely fastened into the runway beams.
The runway beams shall be designed from an ASTM A36 structural steel shape and
shall have a maximum deflection not to exceed 1/800 of the span. The beams shall be
equipped with stops on both ends capable of withstanding the impact of the fully loaded
crane at 50 percent of rated speed, and shall be field-adjustable. Necessary column
supports or clamps, hanger rods, bolts, and fittings shall be provided.
O. Electrical Controls: Electrical controls shall be single-speed or multiple-speed as
required in each equipment specification. Bridge control shall include a mainline
magnetic contactor, manually-operated fused mainline disconnect with lock-out
provisions, branch circuit fuses, reversing bridge control, and transformer with fused
secondary. Bridge control shall be mounted on bridge and actuated from a pendant
pushbutton station suspended from movable trolley hoist 4-ft above operating floor.
Motors shall be provided with cushion start.
P. Conrhir-Mr nnrd Wirings:s: The runlniav ghall ha nrnyided With znrrlosed conCfnr Knon
• � r+ duuav vuvv
electrification adequately supported. The bridge shall have a rigid truck festoon type
electrification. All other wiring of the crane shall be in rigid or flexible conduit and in
accordance with National Electrical Code and complying with Fire Underwriters
specifications. When a crane is shipped knocked down, the wiring shall terminate in
approved terminal boxes and the wire end shall be provided with permanent marking
tags.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Bridge crane equipment shall be installed in strict conformance with the manufacturer's
published or written instructions. Cranes shall be factory assembled and given a no-load
test. Major components of the system shall be marked at the factory to assure prompt
and correct field identification.
B. After completion of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall test hoist and crane equipment
in the presence of the manufacturer's field representative, who shall certify, in writing,
that the equipment meets applicable standards and specifications.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-011304 BRIDGE CRANES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 14630-4
SECTION 15000 - PIPING, GENERAL
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all piping systems indicated, complete and operable,
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all piping sections in Divisions 2 and 15.
C. The mechanical Drawings define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of
support, pipe size, and pipe type. The mechanical Drawings are not pipe construction
or fabrication drawings. Where pipe supports and spacings are indicated on the
Drawings and referenced to a Standard Detail, the CONTRACTOR shall use that Detail.
Where pipe supports are not indicated on the Drawings, it is the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility to develop the details necessary to design and construct all mechanical
piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide all
spacers, adapters, and connectors for a complete and functional system. „
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals, and as
indicated in the individual piping sections.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information:
1. Drawings: Layout drawings including all necessary dimensions, details, pipe joints,
fittings, specials, bolts and nuts, gaskets, valves, appurtenances, anchors, guides,
and material lists. Fabrication drawings shall indicate all spacers, adapters,
connectors, fittings, and pipe supports to accommodate the equipment and valves in
a complete and functional system.
2. Thermoplastic Pipe Joints: Submit solvent cement manufacturer's catalog indicating
that the recommended product is suitable for each fluid service application.
3. Gasket Material: Submit gasket manufacturer's catalog indicating that the
recommended product is suitable for each fluid service application.
4. Modular Seals for Pipe: Manufacturer's catalog sheet showing materials and
installation procedures.
C. Samples: Performing and paying for sampling and testing as necessary for certifications
are the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility.
D. Certifications
1. All necessary certificates, test reports, and affidavits of compliance shall be obtained
by the CONTRACTOR.
2. A certification from the pipe fabricator that all pipes will be manufactured subject to
the fabricator's or a recognized Quality Control Program. An outline of the program
shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review prior to the manufacture of any pipe.
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-1
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Extent of Work: Pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be provided in accordance with
the requirements of the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15 and as indicated.
Materials in contact with potable water shall be listed as compliant with NSF
Standard 61.
B. Pipe Supports: Pipes shall be adequately supported, restrained, and anchored in
accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe Supports, and as indicated. Supports shall resist
stresses created by a 30 percent maximum seismic load.
C. Lining: Application, thickness, and curing of pipe lining shall be in accordance with the
applicable Sections of Division 2 unless otherwise indicated.
D. Coating: Application, thickness, and curing of pipe coating shall be in accordance with
the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise indicated. Pipes above ground or
in structures shall be coated in accordance with Section 09800 - Protective Coating.
E. Pressure Rating: Piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected
pressure as defined in Section 02643 — Water Pipeline Testing and Disinfection, or as
indicated on the Piping Schedule, whichever is greater.
F. Inspection: Pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. During the
manufacture, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing is
in progress and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm
compliance with requirements.
G. Tests: Except where otherwise indicated, materials used in the manufacture of the pipe
shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. Welds
shall be tested as indicated. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for performing
material tests.
H. Welding Requirements: Qualification of welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall
be in accordance with the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code.
Welding procedures shall be submitted for the ENGINEER's review.
I. Welder Qualifications: Welding shall be done by skilled welders and welding operators
who have adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders shall
be qualified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1 or the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section 9, by an independent local, approved testing agency not more
than 6 months prior to commencing work on the piping. Machines and electrodes similar
to those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests. Qualification testing of
welders and materials used during testing is part of the WORK.
2.2 PIPE FLANGES
A. General: Flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes straddling
the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise indicated. Attachment of the flanges to the
pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C207. Flange faces
shall be perpendicular to the axis of the adjoining pipe. Flanges for miscellaneous small
diameter pipes shall be in accordance with the standards indicated for these pipes.
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-2
B. Pressure Ratings
1. 150 psi or less: Flanges shall conform to either ANSI/AWWA C207 - Steel Pipe
Flanges for Waterworks Service--Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In., Class D, or
ANSI/ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 150 lb class.
2. 150 psi to 275 psi: Flanges shall conform to either AWWA C207 Class E or Class
F, or ASME 1316.5 150 lb class.
3. Selection based on test pressure: AWWA flanges shall not be exposed to test
pressures greater than 125 percent of rated capacity. For higher test pressures, the
next higher rated AWWA flange or an ANSI-rated flange shall be selected.
C. Blind Flanges: Blind flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C207, or as
indicated for miscellaneous small pipes. Blind flanges for pipe sizes 12-inches and
greater shall be provided with lifting eyes in the form of welded or screwed eye bolts.
D. Flange Coating: Machined faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated
With a temporary rust-inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is
completed.
E. Flange Bolts: Bolts and nuts shall conform to Section 05500 - Miscellaneous
Metalwork. All-thread studs shall be used on all valve flange connections, where space
restrictions preclude the use of regular bolts.
F. Insulating Flanges: Insulated flanges shall have bolt holes 1/4-inch diameter greater
than the bolt diameter.
G. Insulating Flange Sets: Insulating flange sets shall be provided where indicated. Each
insulating flange set shall consist of an insulating gasket, insulating sleeves and
washers, and a steel washer. Insulating sleeves and washers shall be one piece when
flange bolt diameter is 1-1/2 inch or smaller and shall be made of acetal resin. For bolt
diameters larger than 1-1/2 inch, insulating sleeves and washers shall be 2 piece and
shall be made of polyethylene or phenolic material. Steel washers shall be in
accordance with ASTM A 325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi
Minimum Tensile Strength. Insulating gaskets shall be full-face.
H. Insulating flange manufacturers, or equal
1. JM Red Devil, Type E
2. Maloney Pipeline Products Co., Houston
3. PSI Products, Inc., (Frost Engineering Service Co., Costa Mesa, California.)
I. Flange Gaskets
1. Gaskets for flanged joints used in general water and wastewater service shall be
full-faced type, with material and thickness in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C207,
suitable for temperatures to 700 degrees.F, a pH of one to 11, and pressures to
1000 psig. Blind flanges shall have gaskets covering the entire inside face of the
blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind flange. Ring gaskets shall not be
permitted, unless otherwise indicated. Flange gaskets shall be as manufactured by
John Crane, Style 2160, Garlock, Style 3000, or equal.
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-3
2. Gaskets for flanges for PVC and CPVC piping used in general water and
wastewater service shall be full faced, 1/8-inch thick, made of ethylene propylene
rubber (EPR) having a Type A durometer hardness of 50 to 70 when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2240. When the mating flange has a raised face, provide
a flat ring gasket filler between the PVC flange and gasket and the adjacent flange.
3. Gaskets for flanged joints used in chemicals, air, solvents, hydrocarbons, steam,
chlorine and other fluids shall be made of materials compatible with the service,
pressure, and temperature.
2.3 THREADED INSULATING CONNECTIONS
A. General: ThrPacipd insulating bushings, unions, or couplings, as appropriate, shall be
used for joining threaded pipes of dissimilar metals and for piping systems where
corrosion control and cathodic protection are involved.
B. Materials: Threaded insulating connections shall be of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate,
polyethylene, or other non-conductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to
suit the service and loading conditions.
2.4 MECHANICAL-TYPE COUPLINGS (GROOVED OR BANDED PIPE)
A. General: Cast mechanical-type couplings shall be provided where indicated. The
couplings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C606 - Grooved and
Shouldered Joints. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Section 05500 -
Miscellaneous Metalwork. Gaskets for mechanical-type couplings shall be compatible
with the piping service and fluid utilized, in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's
recommendations. The wall thickness of grooved piping shall conform with the coupling
manufacturer's recommendations to suit the highest expected pressure. To avoid stress
on equipment, equipment connections with mechanical-type couplings shall have rigid-
grooved couplings or flexible type coupling with harness in sizes where rigid couplings
are not available, unless thrust restraint is provided by other means. Mechanical-type
couplings shall be bonded. The CONTRACTOR shall have the coupling manufacturer's
service representative verify the correct choice and application of couplings and gaskets,
and the workmanship, to assure a correct installation. To assure uniform and
compatible piping components, grooved fittings, couplings, and valves shall be furnished
by the same manufacturer as the coupling. Grooving tools shall be from the same
manufacturer as the grooved components.
B. Manufacturers of Couplings for Steel Pipe, or equal
1. Gustin-Bacon (Aeroquip Corp.) (banded or grooved)
2. Victaulic Style 41 or 44 (banded, flexible)
3. Victaulic Style 77 (grooved, flexible)
4. Victaulic Style 07 or HP-70 (grooved, rigid)
C. Manufacturers of Ductile Iron Pipe Couplings, or equal
1. Gustin-Bacon, (Aeroquip Corp.)
2. Victaulic Style 31 (flexible or rigid grooving)
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-4
Note: Ductile iron pipe couplings shall be furnished with flush seal gaskets.
D. Manufacturers of Couplings for PVC Pipe, or equal
1. Gustin-Bacon, (Aeroquip Corp)
2. Victaulic Style 775
Note: Couplings for PVC pipe shall be furnished with radius cut or standard roll
grooved pipe ends.
2.5 SLEEVE—SPLIT TYPE COUPLINGS (Depend-O-Lok)
A. General: Where indicated sleeve-split type couplings shall be furnished.
B. Construction: Couplings shall be split-type, consisting of one or two piece housing,
gasket assembly, bolts and nuts, and end rings. The double arch cross section that
closes around the pipe ends shall be smooth to allow for expansion or contraction
requirements. The pipe ends with steel end rings affixed shall provide restraint
requirements. As the coupling closes, it shall confine the elastomeric gasket beneath
the arches of the sleeve to create a radial seal. The axial seal shall squeeze the closure
plates as the bolts pull the coupling snug around the pipe. The coupling shall permit
angular pipe deflection, flexibility, contraction and expansion as designed by the
manufacturer. The coupling housing shall be designed for internal pressure and external
loads as determined by the design procedures of AWWA M-11. The coupling shell
thickness of the steel coupling shall be calculated using the formula:
T=PwDy/2Fs
Where:
T = steel coupling thickness, in.
Dy = pipe outside diameter, in.
Pw = Design working pressure, psi
Fs = 50 percent of minimum yield point of steel, psi
1. Coupling design calculations shall be stamped and signed by a registered engineer
and shall be included in the Shop Drawing submittal for couplings.
2. The sealing members shall comprise of two "O"-ring gaskets and an elastomer
sealing pad bonded to sealing plate. Internal pressure shall not be required to make
the seal.
C. Materials
1. Unless otherwise indicated, coupling housing material shall be the same material as
the piping. Carbon steel couplings shall be fabricated from ASTM A 36. Stainless
steel couplings shall be fabricated from ASTM A 240, T-304, 304L, 316, or 316L.
2. Carbon steel end rings shall conform to ASTM A 108 Grade 1018. Stainless steel
end rings shall conform to ASTM A 276 T-316L.
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-5
3. Bolts and nuts shall be in conformance with Section 05500.
4. Gaskets shall be EPDM conforming to ASTM D 2000 for air service up to 240
degrees F. Gaskets for general water or sewerage service within the temperature
range of —20 to 180 degrees F shall be isoprene or EPDM conforming to ASTM D
2000.
5. Carbon steel couplings shall be fusion bond epoxy coated inside and outside of the
coupling in accordance with Section 09800. Couplings installed underground shall
be provided with Depend-O-Wrap tape or equal. Application of wrapping material
shall be in conformance with AWWA C209.
D. Pipe Preparation
1. Ends of pipes shall be prepared for the flexible split sleeve type couplings inspected
and approved by the coupling manufacturer. The pipe outside diameter and
roundness tolerances shall comply with tolerances listed in AWWA C219.
2. Plain ends for use with couplings shall be smooth and round for a distance of 12-
inches from end of the pipe.
3. End rings shall be furnished with couplings when restraint is required. Carbon steel
end rings shall be ASTM A 108 Grade 1018. Stainless steel end rings shall conform
to ASTM A 276 T-316L.
4. Where the split-type coupling is used to take up thermal expansion or contraction
(Depend-O-Lok F X E) at the pipe joint, one end ring shall be fixed to one end of
the pipe to keep the coupling in the proper location.
5. Where the split-type coupling is used for a fully restrained pipe joint (Depend-O-Lok
F X F) at the pipe joint, one end ring shall be welded to each of the pipe ends to fit
beneath the coupling and shall be protected by the coating. Welding design and
specification shall be in conformance with the coupling manufacturer's
recommendation.
E. Manufacturer
1. Depend-O-Lok
2.6 SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS
A. General: Sleeve-type couplings shall be provided where indicated. The CONTRACTOR
will not be allowed to substitute a sleeve-split coupling for the sleeve coupling unless
approved by the ENGINEER.
B. Construction: Sleeve-type couplings shall be provided where indicated, in accordance
with ANSI/AWWA C219 - Standard for Bolted Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End
Pipe. Couplings shall be steel with steel bolts, without pipe stop. Couplings shall be of
sizes to fit the pipe and fittings indicated. The middle ring shall be not less than 1/4-inch
thick or at least the same wall thickness as the pipe to which the coupling is connected.
If the strength of the middle ring material is less than the strength of the pipe material,
the thickness of the middle ring shall be increased to have the same strength as the
pipe. The coupling shall be either 5 or 7-inches long for sizes up to and including 30-
inches and 10-inches long for sizes greater than 30-inches, for standard steel couplings,
and 16-inches long for long-sleeve couplings. The followers shall be single-piece
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-6
contoured mill sections welded and cold-expanded as required for the middle rings, and
of sufficient strength to accommodate the number of bolts necessary to obtain adequate
gasket pressures without excessive rolling. The shape of the follower shall be of such
design as to provide positive confinement of the gasket. Bolts and nuts shall donform to
the requirements of Section 05500. Buried sleeve-type couplings shall be epoxy-coated
at the factory as indicated.
C. Pipe Preparation: Where indicated, the ends of the pipe shall be prepared for flexible
steel couplings. Plain ends for use with couplings shall be smooth and round for a
distance of 12-inches from the ends of the pipe, with outside diameter not more than
1/64-inch smaller than the nominal outside diameter of the pipe. The middle ring shall
be tested by cold-expanding a minimum of one percent beyond the yield point, to proof-
test the weld to the strength of the parent metal. The weld of the middle ring shall be
subjected to air test for porosity.
D. Gaskets
1. Gaskets for sleeve-type couplings shall be rubber-compound material that will not
deteriorate from age or exposure to air under normal storage; or use conditions.
Gaskets for wastewater and sewerage applications shall be Buna "N", Grade 60, or
equivalent suitable elastomer. The rubber in the gasket shall meet the following
specifications:
a. Color- Jet Black
b. Surface - Non-blooming
c. Durometer Hardness - 74 plus and minus 5
d. Tensile Strength - 1000 psi Minimum
e. Elongation - 175 percent Minimum
2. The gaskets shall be immune to attack by impurities normally found in water or
wastewater. All gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 2000 -
Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications, AA709Z,
meeting Suffix B13 Grade 3, except as noted above. Where sleeve couplings are
used in water containing fluids which attack rubber materials, gasket material shall
be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized.
E. Piping Connection to Equipment: Where piping connects to mechanical equipment
such as pumps, compressors, and blowers, the piping shall be brought to the equipment
connection aligned and perpendicular to the axis of the flange or fitting for which the
piping is to be connected. The piping shall not impose excessive stress to the
equipment connection to cause misalignment of the equipment. The CONTRACTOR
shall assign the responsibility to the equipment manufacturer to review the piping
connection to the equipment and submit any modifications to the ENGINEER for review.
F. Insulating Sleeve Couplings: Where insulating couplings are required, both ends of
the coupling shall have a wedge-shaped gasket which assembles over a sleeve of an
insulating compound material compatible with the fluid service in order to obtain
insulation of coupling metal parts from the pipe.
G. Restrained Joints: Sleeve-type couplings on pressure lines shall be harnessed unless
thrust restraint is provided by other means. Harnesses shall be designed by the pipe
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-7
manufacturer in accordance with Manual M11, or as indicated. Harness sets shall be
designed for the maximum test pressure of the pipe in which they are installed. Where
harness sets are installed near the suction and discharge of the pump, harness bolts
shall have zero elongation to prevent misalignment of the pump imparted by the thrust
within the piping system.
H. Manufacturers, or equal
1. Dresser, Style 38
2. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc., Style FC1 or FC3
3.. Smith-Blair, Style 411
2.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Low Temperatures: Flexible connectors shall be installed in all piping connections to
engines, blowers, compressors, and other vibrating equipment, and where indicated.
Flexible connectors for service temperatures up to 180 degrees F shall be flanged,
reinforced Neoprene or Butyl spools, rated for a working pressure of 40 to 150 psi, or
reinforced, flanged duck and rubber, as best suited for the application. Flexible
connectors for service temperatures above 180 degrees F shall be flanged, braided
stainless steel spools with inner, annular, corrugated stainless steel hose, rated for
minimum 150 psi working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. The connectors shall be
a minimum of 9-inches long, face-to-face flanges, unless otherwise indicated. The final
material selection shall be approved by the manufacturer. The CONTRACTOR shall
submit manufacturer's shop drawings and calculations.
B. High Temperature: Flexible connectors shall be installed in engine exhaust piping and
where indicated. Connectors shall be sufficient to compensate for thermal expansion
and contraction and also to isolate vibration between the engine and the exhaust piping
system. Connectors shall be stainless steel bellows type, flanged, and rated for
minimum 150 psi, 2000 degrees F.
2.8 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Piping subject to expansion and contraction shall be provided with sufficient means to
compensate for such movement without exertion of undue forces to equipment or
structures. This may be accomplished with expansion loops, bellow-type expansion
joints, or sliding-type expansion joints. Expansion joints shall be flanged end, stainless
steel, Monel, rubber, or other materials best suited for each individual service. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit detailed calculations and manufacturer's Shop Drawings of
all proposed expansion joints, piping layouts, and anchors and guides, including
information on materials, temperature and pressure ratings.
2.9 PIPE THREADS
A. Pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME 61.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General
Purpose (inch), and be made up with Teflon tape unless otherwise indicated.
2.10 PIPE INSULATION
A. Hot and cold liquid piping, flues, and engine exhaust piping shall be insulated as
indicated, in accordance with the requirements of Section 15145 - Pipe and Equipment
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-8
Insulation. No unprotected hot piping shad be within reach of operating personnel or
other persons.
2.11 MODULAR MECHANICAL SEALS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS
A. Where indicated and where required to prevent flow of water or air, the passages of
piping through wall sleeves and cored openings shall be sealed with modular
interlocking link mechanical closures. Individual links shall be constructed of EPDM
rubber, be suitable for temperatures between minus 40 and plus 250 degrees F, and be
shaped to fill the annular space between the outside of the pipe and the inside of the
wall sleeve or cored opening. Links shall be assembled with type 316 stainless steel
bolts and nuts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe. Pressure plates under
each bolt and nut shall be fabricated of a corrosion-resistant composite material. After
the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tighten the bolts against the pressure
plates to expand the rubber links and form the watertight seal. Sizing and installation of
sleeves and assemblies shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Manufacturers, or equal
1. Thunderline Corporation, Link-Seal
2.12 HEAT TRACING
A. Pipes subject to freezing shall be protected by heat tracing in accordance with Section
16850 - Electric Heat Tracing.
2.13 AIR AND GAS TRAPS
A. Air and gas pipes shall slope to low points and be provided with drip legs, shut-off
valves, strainers, and traps. The traps shall be piped to the nearest drain. Air and gas
traps shall be not less than 150 lb iron body float type with copper or stainless steel float.
Bracket, lever, and pins shall be of stainless steel. Drain traps shall have threaded
connections.
B. Manufacturers, or equal
1. Armstrong International, Inc.
2. Spirax Sarco, Inc.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and
undamaged condition and stored off the ground for protection against oxidation caused
by ground contact. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new
materials.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Piping, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the
requirements of applicable Sections of Division 2 and Division 15. Proprietary
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-9
manufactured couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation.
B. Care shall be taken to insure that piping flanges, mechanical-type couplings, sleeve-type
couplings, flexible connectors, and expansion joints are properly installed as follows:
1. Gasket surfaces shall be carefully cleaned and inspected prior to making up the
connection. Each gasket shall be centered properly on the contact surfaces.
2. Connections shall be installed to prevent inducing stress to the piping system or the
equipment to which the piping is connected. Contact surfaces for flanges, couplings,
and piping ends shall be aligned parallel, concentric, and square to each axis at the
piping connections.
3. Bolts shall be initially hand-tightened with the piping connections properly aligned.
Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in a staggered sequence to the AISC
recommended torque for the bolt material.
4. Groove ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll marks in
the area from the pipe end to the groove.
5. After installation, joints shall meet the indicated leakage rate. Flanges shall not be
deformed nor cracked.
C. Lined Piping Systems: The lining manufacturer shall take full responsibility for the
complete, final product and its application. Pipe ends and joints of lined pipes at
screwed flanges shall be epoxy-coated to assure continuous protection.
D. Core Drilling: Where core drilling is required for pipes passing through existing
concrete, core drilling locations shall be determined by radiograph of concrete
construction to avoid damage to embedded raceways and reinforcing bars.
E. Cleanup: After completion of the WORK, cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and
other scattered debris shall be removed from the Site. The entire piping system shall be
handed over in a clean and functional condition.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071904 PIPING, GENERAL
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15000-10
SECTION 15005 - PIPING IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide identification for exposed piping and valves, complete
and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards
ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: A list of suggested wording for each valve tag, prior to fabrication.
C. Samples
1. One sample of each type of identification device.
2. Sample of each proposed color required by the pipe color schedule.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
A. Except as indicated below for very short pipe lengths, identify exposed piping larger than
2-inches nominal size for the pipe contents and direction of flow.
1. Marker Type
a. Stencil: Lettering painted directly on surface of pipe inside color-coded marker
area.
2. Marker Area: Sized per pipe size according to ANSI A13.1; color from the table
below.
3. Lettering: Sized per pipe size according to ANSI A13.1; color from the table below.
4. Arrows: 2 arrows at each marker area, showing direction of flow.
B. Pipe 2-inches and smaller shall be identified by plastic plates made from laminated 3-
layer plastic with engraved black letters on white background.
C. Pipe identification shall be as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal.
MWH-071904 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15005-1
2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF VALVES AND SHORT PIPE LENGTHS
A. Identifying devices for valves and the sections of pipe that are too short to be identified
with markers and arrows shall be identified with metal or plastic tags.
B. Metal tags shall be stainless steel with embossed lettering. Plastic tags shall be solid
black plastic laminate with white embossed letters. Tags shall be designed to be firmly
attached to the valves or short pipes or to the structure immediately adjacent to such
valves or short pipes.
C. Wording on the valve tags shall describe the exact function of each valve, e.g., "HWR-
BALANCING," "CLS THROTTLING", "RAS-PUMP SHUT-OFF," etc.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Markers and identification tags shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
printed instructions, and shall be neat and uniform in appearance. Tags and markers
shall be readily visible from all normal working locations.
3.2 VALVE TAGS
A. Valve tags shall be permanently attached to the valve or structure by means of 2
stainless steel bolts or screws.
3.3 MARKER LOCATIONS
A. Each pipe shall be marked at:
1. Intervals of 20-feet in straight runs.
2. At least once in every room.
3. Within 2-feet of turns, elbows, and valves.
4. On the upstream side of tees, branches, and other distribution points.
5. On both sides of walls and floors through which the piping passes.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION COLORS
A. Conform to the following color codes.
Color Schedule
Pipe Contents Pipe Marker Letter
Color Color Color
Abbreviation Identification
A Air blue white
MWH-071904 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15005-2
AR Air Release blue white
BS Backpulse Solution green white
CS Caustic Soda yellow black
CA Compressed Air blue white
CAC Citric Acid yellow black
Q Drain yellow black
FSP Fire protection sprinkler system red white
FW Filtered Water green white
l HC Sodium Hypochlorite Solution yellow black
HWR Domestic Hot Water Return yellow black
HWS Domestic Hot Water Supply yellow black
IA Instrument air blue white `
NG Natural Gas yellow black
OF Overflow green white
PF Plug Flow green white
PW Potable Water green white
RC Recirculation Water yellow black
RW Raw water green white
RWL Rain water leader green white
SA Sample lines yellow black
SIB Sodium Bisulfite yellow black
SD Sanitary drain and vent yellow black
SDR Storm drain green white
SPD Sump pump discharge green white
SS Sanitary sewer yellow black
THW Tempered hot water yellow black
UW Utility water (non-potable water) yellow black
MWH-071904 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15005-3
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071904 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15005-4
SECTION 15006 - PIPE SUPPORTS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide pipe supports, hangers, guides, and anchors,
complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Where pipe support systems are not indicated on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR
shall design and provide the supports in accordance with this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall include the following information:
1. Drawings of pipe supports, hangers, anchors, and guides
2. Calculations for special supports and anchors.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Code Compliance: All piping systems and pipe connections to equipment shall be
properly anchored and supported to prevent undue deflection, vibration, dislocation due
to seismic events, line pressures, thermal changes, and stresses on piping, equipment,
and structures. All supports and parts thereof shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping, except as supplemented or modified below.
Supports for plumbing piping shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
applicable plumbing code or local administration requirements.
B. Structural Members: Wherever possible, pipes shall be supported from structural
members. Where it is necessary to frame structural members between existing
members, such supplementary members shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. All
supplementary members shall be in accordance with the requirements of the building
code and the American Institute of Steel Construction and shall be acceptable to the
ENGINEER.
C. Pipe Hangers: Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of
operation, allowing free expansion and contraction of the piping, and preventing
excessive stress on equipment. All hangers shall have a means of vertical adjustment
after erection. Hangers shall be designed to prevent becoming disengaged by any
movement of the supported pipe. Hangers subject to shock, seismic disturbances, or
thrust imposed by the actuation of safety valves, shall include hydraulic shock
suppressors. All hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only.
D. Hangers Subject to Horizontal Movements: At hanger locations where lateral or axial
movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit such movement.
Where horizontal pipe movement is greater than 1/2-inch, or where the hanger rod
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-1
deflection from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to the hot position of
the pipe, the hanger rod and structural attachment shall be offset in such a manner that
the rod is vertical in the hot position.
E. Spring-Type Hangers: Spring-type pipe hangers shall be provided for piping subject to
vibration or vertical expansion and contraction, such as engine exhausts and similar
piping. All spring-type hangers shall be sized to the manufacturer's printed
recommendations and the loading conditions encountered. Variable spring supports
shall be provided with means to limit misalignment, buckling, eccentric loading, or to
prevent overstressing of the spring, and with means to indicate the compression of the
spring. Supports shall be capable of accommodating at least 4 times the maximum
travel due to thermal expansion.
F. Thermal Expansion: Wherever expansion and contraction of piping is expected, a
sufficient number of expansion loops or expansion joints shall be provided, together with
the necessary rolling or sliding supports, anchors, guides, pivots, and restraints
permitting the piping to expand and contract freely away from the anchored points.
Components shall be structurally suitable to withstand loads imposed.
G. Heat Transmission: Supports, hangers, anchors, and guides shall be so designed and
insulated, that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the structure or to other
equipment.
H. Riser Supports: Where practical, risers shall be supported on each floor with riser
clamps and lugs, independent of the connected horizontal piping.
I. Freestanding Piping: Free-standing pipe connections to equipment such as chemical
feeders and pumps shall be firmly attached to steel frames fabricated from angles,
channels, or I-beams anchored to the structure. Exterior, free-standing overhead piping
shall be supported on fabricated pipe stands consisting of pipe columns anchored to
concrete footings, with horizontal, welded steel angles and U-bolts or clamps securing
the pipes.
J. Materials of Construction:
1. General: All pipe support assemblies, including framing, hardware, and anchors,
shall be steel construction, galvanized after fabrication, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Submerged Supports: Submerged supports, as well as piping, conduits, and
equipment in hydraulic structures within 24-inches of the water level, shall be
supported with support assemblies, including framing, hardware, and anchors
construc:tPd of Type 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Corrosive: All piping in chemical and corrosive areas shall be supported with
support assemblies, including framing, hardware, and anchors, constructed of Type
316 stainless steel or FRP, unless otherwise indicated.
K. Point Loads: Any meters, valves, heavy equipment, and other point loads on PVC,
FRP, and other plastic pipes, shall be supported on both sides, according to
manufacturer's recommendations to avoid undue pipe stresses and failures. To avoid
point loads, all supports on PVC, FRP, and other plastic piping shall be equipped with
extra wide pipe saddles or galvanized steel shields.
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-2
L. Concrete Anchors: Unless otherwise indicated, concrete anchors for pipe supports shall
be according to the following table. Consult the ENGINEER for any anchor applications
not on the table. Anchor embedment shall comply with Section 05500.
Pipe Support Application i Type of Concrete Anchor
New Concrete 1 Use embedded concrete insert anchors on
a grid pattern. Use Grinnell (Anvil
International), Tolco, or equal.
Existing Concrete Use non-shrink grouted anchors, metallic
type expansion anchors, or epoxy anchors.
Exceptions:
Metallic type expansion anchors and epoxy
anchors are not permitted for pipe supports
subject to vibrating loads. Epoxy anchors
are not permitted where the concrete
temperature is in excess of 100 degrees F
or higher than the limiting temperature
recommended by the manufacturer. Epoxy
anchors are not accepted where anchors
are subject to vibration or fire.
Vibratory Loads and High Temperature Use non-shrink grouted anchors
Conditions
M. Noise Reduction: To reduce transmission of noise in piping systems, copper tubes in
buildings and structures shall be wrapped with a 2-inch wide strip of rubber fabric or
similar, suitable material at each pipe support, bracket, clip, or hanger.
2.2 SUPPORT SPACING
A. Supports for piping with the longitudinal axis in approximately a horizontal position shall
be spaced to prevent excessive sag, bending, and shear stresses in the piping, with
special consideration given where components such as flanges and valves impose
concentrated loads. Pipe support spacing shall not exceed the maximum spans in the
tables below. For temperatures other than ambient temperatures or those listed, and for
other piping materials or wall thicknesses, the pipe support spacings shall be modified in
accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Vertical supports shall be
provided to prevent the pipe from being overstressed from the combination of all loading
effects.
B. Where support spacing is not indicated on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall use
the spacing below.
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-3
1. Support Spacing for Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Steel Pipe:
Nominal Pipe Maximum Span
Diameter (feet)
_ (inches)
_ 1/2 6
3/4 and 1 8
1-1/4 to 2 10
3 12
4 14
6 17
8 and 10 19
12 and 14 23
16 and 18 25
1 20 and greater 30
2. Support Spacing for Welded Fabricated Steel Pipe:
Maximum Spans for Pipe Supported in Minimum 120 degree Contact Saddles (feet)
Nominal Wall Thickness (inches)
Pipe
Diameter
(inches)
j 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4- - 7/8 1
l 24 33 37 41 43 45 47
26 34 38 41 44 46 48
28 34 38 41 44 47 49
30 34 38 42 45 48 49
32 34 39 42 45 48 50
34 35 39 43 46 48 50
36 35 39 43 46 49 51 55
38 35 39 43 46 49 51 55
40 35 40 43 47 49 52 56
42 35 40 44 47 50 52 56
45 -- 40 44 47 50 53 57 I
48 -- 40 44 47 50 53 58 61
51 -- 40 44 48 51 53 58 62
54 -- 40 44 48 51 54 58 62
57 -- 41 45 48 51 54 59 63
60 -- 41 45 48 52 54 59 63 67 70
63 -- 41 45 49 52 55 60 64 67 71
66 -- 41 45 49 52 55 60 64 68 71
72 -- 41 45 49 52 55 61 65 69 72
78 -- 41 46 49 53 56 61 66 69 73
84 -- 41 46 50 53 56 62 66 70 74
90 -- 41 46 50 53 56 62 67 71 74
96 -- 42 46 1 50 54 57 62 67 71 75
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-4
For steel pipe sizes not presented in this table, the support spacing shall be designed so
that the stress on the pipe does not exceed 5,000 psi. Maximum deflection of pipe shall
be limited to 1/360th of the span and shall be calculated by using the formula:
L = (7500tD/(32t+D))1/2
where: t = Thickness (inches)
D = Diameter (inches)
L = Maximum span (feet)
3. Support Spacing for Ductile-Iron Pipe:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Maximum Span
(inches) (feet)
All Diameters Two supports per pipe length or 10
feet (one of the 2 supports located
at joint)
4. Support Spacing for Copper Tubing:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Maximum Span
inches feet
1/2 to 1-1/2 6
2to4 10
�I- 6 and greater 12
5. Support Spacing for Schedule 80 PVC Pipe:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Maximum Span
(inches) (at 100 degrees F)
(feet)
1/2 4
3/4 4.5
1 5
1-1/4 5.5
1-1/2 5.75
2 6.25
3 7.5
4 8.25
6 10
8 11
10 12.25
12 13.25
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-5
6. Support Spacing for Schedule 80 Polypropylene Pipe:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Maximum Span
(inches) (at 100 degrees F)
(feet)
1/2 3
3/4 3.5
1 3.75
1-1/4 4
1-1/2 4.25
2 4.5
3 5.5
4 6
6 7.25
8 8
10 8.75
12 9.5
7. Support Spacing for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Maximum Span
(inches) (at 100 degrees F)
_ (feet)
2 8.8 _
3 10
4 11
6 12.7
8 13.4
10 14
12 15.4
14 16.2
j 16 17.3
18 and greateL_______j 18
2.3 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTS
A. Stock Parts: Where not specifically indicated, designs which are generally accepted as
exemplifying good engineering practice and use stock or production parts shall be
utilized wherever possible. Such parts shall be locally available, new, of best
commercial quality, designed and rated for the intended purpose.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Basic Engineers Inc., Pittsburgh, PA;
2. Bergen-Paterson Pipesupport Corp., Woburn, MA;
3. Grinnell Corp. (Anvil International), Cranston, RI;
4. NPS Products, Inc., Westborough, MA;
5. Power Piping Company, Pittsburgh, PA.
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-6
6. Tolco Incorporated, Corona, CA
2.4 COATING
A. Galvanizing: Unless otherwise indicated, all fabricated pipe supports other than
stainless steel or non-ferrous supports shall be blast-cleaned after fabrication and hot-
dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
B. Other Coatings: Other than stainless steel or non-ferrous supports, all supports shall
receive protective coatings in accordance with the requirements of Section 09800 -
Protective Coating.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: All pipe supports, hangers, brackets, anchors, guides, and inserts shall be
fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and
ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. All concrete inserts for pipe hangers and supports
shall be coordinated with the formwork.
B. Appearance: Pipe supports and hangers shall be positioned to produce an orderly,
neat piping system. All hanger rods shall be vertical, without offsets. Hangers shall be
adjusted to line up groups of pipes at the proper grade for drainage and venting, as
close to ceilings or roofs as possible, without interference with other work.
3.2 FABRICATION
A. Quality Control: Pipe hangers and supports shall be fabricated and installed by
experienced welders and fitters, using the best welding procedures available.
Fabricated supports shall be neat in appearance without sharp corners, burrs, and
edges.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071904 PIPE SUPPORTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15006-7
:.
a
,� - ..
. ,. � —
..
I
SECTION 15025 - STEEL PIPE
(ASTM A 53 / A 106, MODIFIED)
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide steel pipe and appurtenances, complete and in place,
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15000 - Piping, General apply to the WORK of this Section.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE MATERIAL
A. Water, Air, Fuel Gas, Oil, Steam and Waste Service: Unless otherwise indicated,
galvanized and black steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A 53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and
Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless or ASTM A 106 - Seamless Carbon
Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service, Grade B, and shall be Schedule 40 or 80, as
indicated in the Piping Schedule. Galvanized steel pipe shall not be cement mortar lined
unless so indicated.
2.2 PIPE JOINTS
A. Black steel pipe for general service shall have screwed ends with NPT threads, welded
joints, or flanged joints. Screwed joints shall be made up with Teflon tape and welded
joints may have butt-weld fittings, socket-weld fittings, or flanges. Where indicated,
black steel pipe shall have grooved ends for shouldered couplings or plain ends for
sleeve-type couplings.
B. Galvanized steel pipe shall have screwed ends with NPT threads made up with Teflon
tape. Where indicated, galvanized steel pipe shall have grooved ends for shouldered
couplings or plain ends for sleeve-type couplings.
C. Where pressure conditions permit, black and galvanized steel pipe may have push-on
joints for compression type fittings. For high pressure service these joints shall be
harnessed.
2.3 FITTINGS
A. Common Use: The following fittings shall be provided for galvanized or black steel
pipe, as indicated in the Piping Schedule:
1. Threaded malleable iron fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.3 - Malleable-Iron
Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300.
2. Threaded cast iron fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.4 - Cast Iron Threaded
Fittings, Class 125 and 250.
3. Forged steel socket welded fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.11 - Forged
Fittings, Socket - Welding and Threaded.
4. Butt welding fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought
Steel Butt Welding Fittings, Schedule 40 or 80, as indicated.
MWH-071404 STEEL PIPE
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15025-1
5. Threaded cast iron drainage fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME 16.12 - Cast Iron
Threaded Drainage Fittings.
6. Flanged cast iron fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges
and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800.
7. Flanged steel fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and Other Special Alloys.
8. Grooved ductile iron fittings with grooving dimensions conforming to ANSI/AWWA C
606 - Joints, Grooved and Shouldered Type.
9: Compression-type steel fittings with armored Buna S gaskets for plain end pipe.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: All steel pipes shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, properly
aligned, and cut from measurements taken at the site, to avoid interferences with
structural members, architectural features, openings, and equipment. Exposed pipes
shall afford maximum headroom and access to equipment, and where necessary, all
piping shall be installed with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and
condensate to low points. All installations shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER.
B. Supports and Anchors: All piping shall be firmly supported with fabricated or
commercial hangers or supports in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe Supports.
1A'he ecess i-y to avoid ..i.-ess ...a - ,.a-....a.. .�I — �L_-_ aV_ - _�__i� i_
vvllcrc I1 ,Kr;��a1y L avvlu aucJA VII CtAUIalIIMIL VI JIIULaUIdi IIIU1IIIJCIJ, II It pipes b[Idll De
anchored or harnessed. Expansion joints and guides shall compensate for pipe
expansion due to temperature differences.
C. Valves and Unions: Water, steam, condensate, gas, vacuum, and air supply piping to
fixtures, groups of fixtures, and equipment shall be provided with a shutoff valve and
union, unless the valve has flanged ends. Low points in water systems and driplegs in
steam, gas, and air systems shall have drainage valves. Unions shall be provided at
threaded valves, equipment, and other devices requiring occasional removal or
disconnection and within 3 feet of all wall penetrations.
D. Branch Connections: Branch connections in horizontal runs of air and gas piping shall
be made from the top of the pipe, to avoid drainage of condensate into the equipment.
3.2 PIPE PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation, each pipe length shall be carefully inspected, be flushed clean of any
debris or dust, and be straightened if not true. Ends of threaded pipes shall be reamed
and filed smooth. All pipefittings shall be equally cleaned before assemblage.
3.3 PIPE JOINTS
A. Threaded Joints: Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 - Pipe Threads,
General Purpose (inch), and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies. Not more than
three threads shall remain exposed after installation.
MWH-071404 STEEL PIPE
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15025-2
B. Welded Joints: Welded joints shall conform to the specifications and recommendations
of ANSI/ASME B 31.1 - Power Piping. All welding shall be done by skilled and qualified
welders per Section 15000 - Piping, General.
C. Grooved Joints: Grooves for grooved couplings and fittings shall be made with
specially designed grooving tools to the Manufacturer's recommendations and conform
to ANSI/AWWA C 606. All grooves shall be clean and sharp without flaws, and the pipe
ends shall be accurately cut at 90 degrees to the pipe axis.
D. Push On Joints: Push on joints and gasket installation shall be in accordance with the
Manufacturer's recommendations and lubricants. Pipe ends shall be beveled to facilitate
assembly. Lubricants shall be suitable for potable water service and shall be kept clean
in closed containers.
3.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING
A. Inspection: All finished installations shall be carefully inspected for proper supports,
anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, fittings, and coating. Any damage shall
be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
B. Field Testing: Prior to enclosure or burying, all piping systems shall be pressure tested
as required in the Piping Schedule, for a period of not less than one hour, without
exceeding the tolerances listed in the Piping Schedule. Where no pressures are
indicated, the pipes shall be subject to 1-1/2 times the maximum working pressure. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all test equipment, labor, materials, and devices at no extra
cost to the OWNER. For additional testing requirements, refer to Section 02643—Water
Pipeline Testing and Disinfection.
1. Leakage may be determined by loss of pressure, soap solution, chemical indicator,
or other positive and accurate method. All fixtures, devices, or other accessories
which are to be connected to the lines and which would be damaged if subjected to
the test pressure shall be disconnected and ends of the branch lines plugged or
capped as required during the testing procedures.
2. Leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER, and the system shall
be re-tested until no leaks are found.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071404 STEEL PIPE
1520315 — STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15025-3
_
_ � � .
- r,
. �
+,
,.
,� ..,
,. -
- — — - r - -
..
1�
�.
•, tom. • '
1
• 1 �
t
� • � ��
1 � • i
1
•i
.'
._ _ • �_ • '
• �
1�
SECTION 15030 - STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
(ASTM A 312, MODIFIED)
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide stainless steel pipe and appurtenances, complete and
in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15000 - Piping, General apply to the WORK of this Section.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE MATERIAL
A. Unless otherwise indicated, stainless steel pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM A 312
- Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe, Type 316 or 316L as indicated,
seamless, Schedule 10S or 40S as shown, with screwed fittings for sizes up to and
including 2-1/2 inches, and welded fittings or flanged fittings for sizes 3 inches and
larger. Stainless steel pipe 12 inches in diameter and larger shall be in accordance with
ASTM A 409 - Welded Large Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe for Corrosive or High-
Temperature Service, or A 778 - Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular
Products, Type 316 or 316L as indicated, of the schedules indicated, with welded or
flanged joints.
2.2 PIPE JOINTS
A. Stainless steel pipe for sizes 2-1/2 inches and smaller shall have screwed ends with
NPT threads made up with Teflon tape. Stainless steel pipe 3-inches and larger and
where indicated shall have welded joints with socket-welding fittings, butt-welding
fittings, or socket welding flanges. Stainless steel flanges shall have Type 316 stainless
steel bolts and nuts. Where indicated, stainless steel pipe shall have grooved ends for
shouldered couplings, except that no pipe with less than Schedule 40 wall thickness
shall be grooved. Where indicated, stainless steel pipe shall have plain ends for sleeve-
type couplings.
2.3 FITTINGS
A. Threaded Fittings: Forged stainless steel fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B 16.11 -
Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded, Type 316 or 316L as indicated.
B. Socket-Welding Fittings: Forged stainless steel fittings conforming to ANSI/ASME B
16.11, Type 316 or 316L as indicated.
C. Butt-Welding Fittings: Wrought stainless steel butt-welding fittings conforming to
ASTM A 403 - Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings, and ANSI/ASME
B 16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings, Type 316 or 316L as
indicated.
D. Grooved Fittings: Wrought stainless steel grooved fittings conforming to ASTM A 403
and ANSI/ASME B 16.9, with grooving conforming to ANSI/AWWA C606-Grooved and
Shouldered Joints, Type 316 or 316L as indicated.
MWH-071404 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15030-1
E. Flanged Fittings: Type 316 stainless steel flanged fittings and flanges conforming to
ANSI/ASME B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Type 316 or 316L as indicated.
F. Pressure Class: Unless otherwise indicated, fittings shall be in accordance with the
pressure classes called for in the Piping Schedule. Where not indicated, the fittings shall
have the same pressure rating as the pipe.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation, each pipe length shall be carefully inspected, be flushed clean of any
debris or dust, and be straightened if not true. Ends of threaded pipes shall be rean-led
and filed smooth. Pipefittings shall be equally cleaned before assembly.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Stainless steel pipe shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner,
properly aligned and cut from measurements taken at the Site to avoid interferences with
structural members, architectural features, openings, and equipment. Exposed pipe
shall afford maximum headroom and access to equipment, and where necessary all
piping shall be installed with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and
condensate to low points. Installation shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER.
B. Supports and Anchors: Piping shall be firmly supported with fabricated or commercial
hangers or supports in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe Supports. Where
necessary to avoid stress on equipment or structural members, the pipe shall be
�nnk^rorl nr hnrnn-A Cvnnncir.n non -A �;.d.�. .+4.-11 -4- fo
GI IVI IVl l U V1 I IGI I IIiJJGl1. I-nl,JU11JIV11 JU111LO Q11U lg.UIUes s IQ11 1iV111� "-1 IJQIG IVI NiNC
expansion due to temperature differences.
C. Valves and Unions: Unless otherwise indicated, connections to fixtures, groups of
fixtures, and equipment shall be provided with a shutoff valve and union, unless the
valve has flanged ends. Unions shall be provided at threaded valves, equipment, and
other devices requiring occasional removal or disconnection.
3.3 PIPE JOINTS
A. Threaded Joints: Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 - Pipe Threads,
General Purpose (inch), and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies. Not more than
three threads shall remain exposed after installation.
B. Welded Joints: Welded joints shall conform to the specifications and recommendations
of ANSI/ASME B 31.1 - Power Piping. Welding shall be done by skilled and qualified
welders per Section 15000 - Piping, General.
1. Field welding shall be minimized to the greatest extent possible by use of couplings
and prefabrication of pipe systems at the factory. Pipe butt welds may be performed
at the Site, providing the butt welds are performed only with an inert gas shielded
process and that other indicated welding requirements are followed rigidly.
2. Residue, oxide, and heat stain shall be removed from any type of field weld and the
affected areas adjacent by the use of stainless steel wire brushes, followed by
cleaning with an agent such as Eutectic Company's "Euclean" or equal, followed
by complete removal of the agent.
MWH-071404 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15030-2
C. Grooved Joints: Grooves for grooved couplings and fittings shall be made with
specially designed grooving tools to the manufacturer's recommendations and
conforming to ANSI/AWWA C606. Grooves shall be clean and sharp without flaws, and
the pipe ends shall be accurately cut at 90 degrees to the pipe axis.
3.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING
A. Inspection: The finished installation shall be carefully inspected for proper supports,
anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, fittings, and coating. Damage shall be
repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
B. Field Testing: Prior to enclosure or burying, piping systems shall be pressure tested as
required in the Piping Schedule, for a period of not less than one hour, without
exceeding the tolerances listed in the Piping Schedule. Where no pressures are
indicated, the pipes shall be subject to 1-1/2 times the maximum working pressure. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all test equipment, labor, materials, and devices at no extra
cost to the OWNER. For additional testing requirements refer to Section 01656 -
Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection.
1. Leakage may be determined by loss of pressure, soap solution, chemical indicator,
or other positive and accurate method. All fixtures, devices, or other accessories
which are to be connected to the lines and which would be damaged if subjected to
the test pressure shall be disconnected and ends of the branch lines plugged or
capped as required during the testing procedures.
2. Leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and the system shall
be re-tested until no leaks are found.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071404 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15030-3
� � y '�
i _ .
i � � �::
• �►
i
•� _
_. ' -
;, �, _
. : I ..
i
i _
� �
• •• •JYy'
s :'i
• 1 t:
• • �
• i� , �
� ]f
• l�
�. � � �
• � • �' • - �
• � ,
� • � I �
i
I
_ ,
_ - - � I _
� . f. . . - . � ..
• II
II
SECTION 15037 - COPPER WATER TUBE
(ASTM B 88, MODIFIED)
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide copper tube for water, gas, and vacuum service,
complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents
B. The requirements of Section 15000 - Piping, General apply to the WORK of this Section.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE MATERIAL
A. Copper water tube shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 - Seamless Copper
Water Tube, and shall be soft temper tube in rolls for buried locations, or hard drawn
lengths for all other applications. Unless otherwise indicated, all copper water tube shall
be of Type K wall thickness.
2.2 JOINTS
A. Copper water tube shall have either soldered joints, flared ends and fittings, or
compression type joints. Soldered joints shall be made with 95 - 5 percent tin-antimony
solder or with silver solder. Buried piping shall have flared or compression type joints.
No soft-soldered joints will be allowed on buried piping. No solders containing more
than 0.2 percent of lead shall be used.
2.3 FITTINGS
A. Soldered Fittings: Soldered fittings shall conform to ANSI B 16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy
Solder Joint Pressure Fittings, or to ANSI/ASME B 16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper
Alloy Solder - Joint Pressure Fittings. The soldering flux shall be the Manufacturer's
approved type for the fitting and solder used.
B. Flared Fittings: Flared fittings shall conform to ANSI/ASME B 16.26 - Cast Copper
Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.
C. Compression Fittings: Compression type fittings shall be brass fittings as
manufactured by Crawford Company - SWAGELOK, Parker-Hannifin - CPI, or equal.
D. Flanged Fittings: Cast copper alloy flanges and flanged fittings shall be in accordance
with ANSI/ASME B 16.24 - Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, and
ASTM B 62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings,
with 150 lb. ratings, or as indicated.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: All copper tubes shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, properly
aligned, and cut from measurements taken at the site, to avoid interferences with
MWH-071904 COPPER WATER TUBE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15037-1
structural members, architectural features, openings, and equipment. Exposed tubing
shall afford maximum headroom and access to equipment, and where necessary all
tubing shall be installed with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and
condensate to low points. All installations shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER.
B. Supports and Anchors: All tubing shall be firmly supported with fabricated or
commercial hangers, brackets, or supports in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe
Supports. Where necessary to avoid stress on equipment or structural members, the
tubes shall be anchored or harnessed. Expansion joints and guides shall compensate
for expansion due to temperature differences.
C. Valves and Unions: Unless otherwise indicated, tubing to fixtures, groups of fixtures,
and equipment shall be provided with a shutoff valve and union, unless the valve has
flanged ends. Low points in water systems and driplegs in steam, gas, and air systems
shall have drainage valves. Unions shall be provided at threaded valves, equipment,
and other devices requiring occasional removal or disconnection.
D. Branch Connections: Branch connections in horizontal runs of air and gas tubing shall
be made from the top of the main to avoid drainage of condensate into the equipment.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation, each tube length shall be carefully inspected, flushed clean of any
debris or dust, and be straightened, if not true. Ends of tubes shall be reamed and filed
smooth. All fittings shall be equally cleaned betore assembly.
3.3 JOINTS
A. Brazed and Soldered Joints: Brazed and soldered joints shall conform to the
manufacturer's recommendations and to the specifications and recommendations of
ANSI/ASME B 31.1 - Power Piping. All brazing shall be done by skilled and qualified
welders per Section 15000 - Piping, General. Prior to the application of flux, the end of
all tubes shall be thoroughly dried and cleaned.
3.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING
A. Inspection: All finished installations shall be carefully inspected for proper joints and
supports, anchoring, interferences, and damage to tubing, fittings, and coating. Damage
shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
B. Field Testing: Prior to enclosure or burying, all tubing systems shall be pressure tested
as required in the Piping Schedule, for a period of not less than one hour, without
exceeding the tolerances listed in the Piping Schedule. Where no pressures are
indicated, the tubes shall be subject to 1-1/2 times the maximum working pressure. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all test equipment, labor, materials, and devices at no extra
cost to the OWNER. For additional testing requirements refer to Section 02643 — Water
Pipeline Testing and Disinfection.
1. Leakage may be determined by loss of pressure, soap solution, chemical indicator,
or other positive and accurate method. All fixtures, devices, or other accessories
which are to be connected to the lines and which would be damaged if subjected to
the test pressure shall be disconnected and ends of the branch lines be plugged or
capped as required during the testing procedures.
MWH-071904 COPPER WATER TUBE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15037-2
2. Leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER, and the system shall
be re-tested until no leaks are found.
- END OF SECTION -
1
-1
I
1
_ I
J
J
J
J
J
J
J MWH-071904 COPPER WATER TUBE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15037-3
— 1
— — — — — — — — — — — :5 — n�
1
1 �
• 1
1 I •
1
Q%
• • I
SECTION 15045 - CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
(ASTM A 74, MODIFIED)
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide cast iron soil pipe, complete and in place, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15000 - Piping, General apply to the WORK of this Section.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE MATERIAL
A. Unless otherwise indicated, cast iron waste and vent piping shall be service weight cast
iron soil pipe with hub and spigot ends in accordance with ASTM A 74 - Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings, or hubless pipe per Standard 301 of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe-Institute.
Pipes and fittings shall be lined and coated with the manufacturer's standard protective
coating.
2.2 PIPE JOINTS
A. Hub and spigot pipe shall have joints in accordance with ASTM C 564 - Rubber Gaskets
for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
B. Hubless pipe shall have joints made up with Neoprene sleeves and Type 304 or 316
stainless steel clamps with stainless steel bolts.
2.3 FITTINGS
A. Cast iron soil pipe shall have drainage pattern hub and spigot, hub and hub, or hubless
fittings per ASTM A 74, or Standard 301 of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute, respectively.
Fittings shall be made of gray cast iron and be of service weight, unless otherwise
indicated.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Cast iron soil pipes shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, in
accordance with the prevailing plumbing and building codes. Pipes shall have the
required grades for proper drainage. Pipes inside buildings shall be coordinated with
other WORK to avoid interferences and to provide sufficient headroom. Installations
shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER and to the local plumbing inspector.
B. Supports: Pipes shall be firmly supported with fabricated or commercial hangers and
supports in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe Supports. Horizontal runs shall have
at least one support for each length of pipe.
MWH-07142004 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15045 - 1
3.2 COATING
A. Exposed pipes shall be coated over the pipe manufacturer's standard protective coating,
with the manufacturer's recommended prime coat and a finish coat per Section 09800 -
Protective Coating.
3.3 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING
A. Inspection: Field installations shall be carefully inspected for proper joints and
supports, interferences, and damage to pipe, fittings, and coating. Temporary plugs and
covers shall be removed from openings and floor drains. Damage shall be repaired to
the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and the plumbing inspector.
B. Field Testing: Prior to enclosure or burying, drains and vents shall be tested in the
presence of the local plumbing inspector and the ENGINEER as required in the Piping
Schedule, for a period of not less than one hour, or as requested by the plumbing
inspector. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish test equipment, labor, material, and devices
as part of the WORK. Leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and
the plumbing inspector, and the system shall be re-tested until no leaks are found.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07142004 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15045 - 2
SECTION 15060 - PVC PRESSURE PIPE (ASTM D 1785, MODIFIED)
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe, complete and
in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15000 - Piping, General, apply to the WORK of this
Section.
C. This Section includes PVC pressure pipe with solvent-welded, flanged, or screwed
joints.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE MATERIAL
A. PVC pipe shall be made from all new rigid unplasticized polyvinyl chloride and shall be
normal impact Type 1, Grade 1, class 12454, Schedule 80, listed as compliant with NSF
Standard 61, unless otherwise indicated, in accordance with ASTM D 1785-Poly (Vinyl
Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.
2.2 PIPE JOINTS
A. Pipe joints shall be solvent-welded type with solvent cement and primer as
recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the chemical in the pipe. Glue for pipe for
chemical service shall be IPS Corporation Weld-On CPVC 724 Solvent Cement with
Weld-On P-70 Primer, or equal.
B. Screwed joints that are necessary to match up to threaded valves or fittings shall be
made up with appropriate thread sealant, either paste or tape. Wherever possible,
screwed joints on pipe for chemical service shall be primered and glued using the same
glue system as for solvent-welded joints.
C. Flanged joints shall be made with solvent-welded PVC flanges, drilled to ANSI/ASME
B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150, unless otherwise indicated.
Gaskets shall be ANSI 150 lb. full face, 1/8-inch thick. Gasket material shall be suitable
for the particular fluid service.
2.3 FITTINGS
A. Solvent Welded and Threaded Fittings: Solvent-welded and threaded fittings shall be
Schedule 80 PVC fittings in accordance with ASTM D 2467 - Socket-Type Poly (Vinyl
Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.
B. Flanged Fittings: Flanged fittings shall be Schedule 80 fabricated PVC fittings with 150
lb. flanges to ANSI/ASME B 16.5.
MWH-071904 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15060-1
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: PVC pipe shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, properly
aligned, and cut from measurements taken at the Site to avoid interferences with
structural members, architectural features, openings, and equipment. Exposed pipe
shall afford maximum headroom and access to equipment, and where necessary, piping
shall be installed with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate
to low points. It is recommended that the CONTRACTOR obtain the assistance of the
pipe manufacturer's field representative to instruct the pipefitters in the correct
installation and support of PVC piping. Pipefitters shall be certified to and follow the
procedures of ASTM D2855 — Standard Practice for Making Solvent — Cemented Joints
with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.
B. Supports and Anchors: Piping shall be firmly supported with fabricated or commercial
hangers or supports in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe Supports. Where
necessary to avoid stress on equipment or structural members, the pipe shall be
anchored or harnessed. Expansion joints and guides shall compensate for pipe
expansion due to temperature changes.
C. Valves and Unions: Unless otherwise indicated, connections to fixtures, groups of
fixtures, and equipment shall be provided with a shutoff valve and union, unless the
valve has flanged ends. Unions shall be provided at threaded valves, equipment, and
other devices requiring occasional removal or disconnection and within 3 feet of all wall
penetrations. Valves and flanges attached to PVC pipe shall be provided with adequate
supports.
3.2 PIPE PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation, each pipe length shall be carefully inspected, flushed clean of any
debris or dust, and be straightened, if not true. Ends of threaded pipes shall be reamed
and filed smooth. Ends of pipe for solvent-welded joints shall be beveled per ASTM
D2855 — Standard Practice for Making Solvent — Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinly
Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. Pipe fittings shall be equally cleaned before
assembly.
3.3 PIPE JOINTS
A. Threaded Joints: Pipe threads shall conform to ASTM F 1498 - Taper Pipe Threads 60
Degrees for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings, and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp
dies or molded. Joints shall be made with Teflon tape or thread sealant.
B. Solvent-Welded Joints: Solvent-welded joints shall be made with fresh primer and
solvent cement on clean, dry pipe ends. The primer and cement cans shall be kept
closed at all times. The joints shall be made up at the recommended ambient
temperatures and following the pipe and cement manufacturer's written
recommendations for application of the primer and cement and for fitting the joints. Pipe
ends shall be inserted to the full depth of the socket.
C. Flange Joints: Flanged joints shall be made with gaskets and Type 316 stainless steel
bolts and nuts. Care shall be taken not to over-torque the bolts, in accordance with the
manufacturer's written recommendations.
MWH-071904 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15060-2
3.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING
A. Inspection: Finished installations shall be carefully inspected for proper joints and
sufficient supports, anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, fittings, and coating.
Damage shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
B. Field Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall allow adequate time for the solvent cement
joints to cure. Curing time shall be per the solvent cement manufacturer's
recommendation. Prior to enclosure or burying, piping systems shall be pressure tested
as required in the Piping Schedule, for a period of not less than one hour, without
exceeding the tolerances listed in the Piping Schedule. Caution - Do not use air or gas
for testing PVC pipe. Where no pressures are indicated, the pipes shall be subject to 1-
1/2 times the maximum working pressure. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all test
equipment, labor, materials, and devices.
C. Leakage shall be determined by loss of pressure. Fixtures, devices, or-other
accessories that would be damaged if subjected to the test pressure shall be
disconnected and ends of the branch lines shall be plugged or capped as appropriate
during the testing procedures.
D. Leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER, and the system shall be re-
tested until no leaks are found.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071904 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15060-3
• *
-� � _
,.
'. ;
• M� -
'il
. . \ -
� � � j
_ � 'il �+�
" � �
• �
� � �
1
• _
I
� 4
• I '
' . ' . . a
SECTION 15075 - METERS, GENERAL
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide meters and flow measurement devices, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Unless indicated otherwise, the requirements of this Section apply to all meters in
Division 15 of the Specifications.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards
ISA- S 5.1 Instrumentation Symbols and Identification
ANSI - B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25,
125, 250, and 800
ANSI/AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In
Through 144 In.
ANSI/AWWA C701 Cold-Water Meters-Turbine Type for Customer Service
ANSI/AWWA C702 Cold-Water Meters - Compound Type
AWWA C704 Cold-Water Meters - Propeller Type for Main Line
Applications
ASME REPORT Fluid Meters, Sixth Edition, 1971
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Each meter shall be identified with its equipment number, as
indicated.
C. Manufacturer's Data: With the Shop Drawings, furnish certified curves indicating flow
versus differential pressure and any other information called for in the individual meter
specifications.
D. OWNER'S Manual: Furnish complete operation and maintenance instructions of all the
metering systems including instrumentation and controls, in accordance with Section
01300— Contractor Submittals.
E. Spare Parts List: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a list of manufacturer's
recommended spare parts.
F. Special Tools: A list of special tools shall be submitted to the ENGINEER.
MWH-07202004 METERS, GENERAL
1520315-EDWARD SPRINGS TREATMENT FACILITIES IMPROVEMENTS PAGE 15075-1
G. Documentation: After completion the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER the
manufacturer's written guarantees, that the metering systems will operate within the
published accuracies and flow ranges and meet these Specifications. The
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the manufacturer's warranties as published in its
literature and as specified.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Accuracy Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, flow meters shall be guaranteed
to register flow to an accuracy of plus and minus 2 percent of actual flow throughout the
range indicated.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 MAGNETIC FLOW MEASURING SYSTEMS
A. Magnetic flow measuring systems shall be as specified in Section 15081 — Magnetic
Flow Meters.
2.2 ROTAMETER LIQUID FLOW MEASURING SYSTEMS
A. Rotameter liquid flow measuring systems shall be as specified in Section 15084 —
Rotameters.
2.3 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
A. Unless otherwise indicated in the individual meter sections, typical spare parts for each
iww I I ICICI Lype ai iu SILe 5i idn ue proviueu mica SUitduiy pac;Kdyeu d11U 1due1eu uy pd1 L
name and associated equipment number.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish special tools suitably wrapped and identified for
application. Special tools shall include substitute ductile iron pipe spools for each meter
for maintenance purposes. Each spool shall be labeled to identify the associated meter
including the meter identification number, size and service.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER
A. After installation, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of an experienced factory
service representative to Inspect the Installation and test all meters for proper
performance.
B. Instruction of OWNER's Personnel: After completion of the installation and during
startup of the plant, the CONTRACTOR shall instruct the OWNER's personnel in the
proper operation, maintenance and repair of all metering equipment. For this purpose,
the CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of an experienced factory service
representative, who shall spend sufficient time on the Site to fully instruct the OWNER's
operating personnel on all phases of the metering equipment.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall assemble and install equipment in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's published instructions, under the supervision of the manufacturer's
MWH-07202004 METERS, GENERAL
1520315-EDWARD SPRINGS TREATMENT FACILITIES IMPROVEMENTS PAGE 15075-2
representative. Installation shall be accomplished by competent craftsmen in a
workmanlike manner.
B. Meters shall be installed in easily accessible locations for ease of reading and
maintenance, and, where shown, for balancing of flow in several lines, in conjunction
with throttling and shut-off valves. Wherever possible, all meters shall be installed in
such a way to provide the manufacturer's recommended straight approach and straight
piping downstream. Meters and shut-off and balancing valves shall be firmly supported
from the structure or from the floor with approved supports. In-line meters shall be
installed to provide full-line flow and not less than the manufacturer's recommended
head at all times.
3.3 TESTING
A. Equipment shall be prepared for operational use in accordance with manufacturer's,
instructions, including bench test and calibration, where required.
B. Each item shall be subjected to an operating test over the total range of capability of the
equipment. Where applicable, tests shall be conducted in accordance with the Test
Code of the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain
copies of factory test certifications and shall notify the ENGINEER one week in advance
of all tests to be conducted on Site.
- END OF SECTION -
I
l
. I
MWH-07202004 METERS, GENERAL
1520315-EDWARD SPRINGS TREATMENT FACILITIES IMPROVEMENTS PAGE 15075-3
..
r i i
:,
�,
i •_
' � o::u
. i
1 1 .
1
' • . �� '
� � �� �
:"{ �
. � _ _ � .
. � • , 1
I
Y
� �
1 Yi};
�. � •1
Y
� '
r
SECTION 15081 - MAGNETIC FLOW METERS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide magnetic flow measuring systems, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS
A. General
1. Magnetic flowmeter systems shall be of the low frequency electromagnetic induction
type and produce a DC pulsed signal directly proportional to and linear with the
liquid flow rate. Complete zero stability shall be an inherent characteristic of the
flowmeter system. Each magnetic flow metering system shall include a metering
tube, signal cable, transmitter and flowmeter grounding rings.
2. Magnetic flow meters and electronics shall be manufactured at facilities certified to
the quality standards of ISO Standard 9001 - Quality Systems - Model for Quality
Assurance in Design/Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing.
B. Metering Tube: The metering tube shall have the following.-
1. Constructed of 304 or 316 stainless steel with flanged connections
2. Utilize a minimum of 2 bullet-nosed, self-cleaning electrodes
3. Liner in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendation for the intended
service
4. Electrodes constructed of materials which are in conformance with the
manufacturer's recommendation for the intended service
5. Meter housing rated for NEMA 6 submergence conditions
6. Meter coating consisting of epoxy painted finish
7. Two grounding rings which are in conformance with the manufacturer's bore and
material recommendation for the intended service. Grounding rings shall be
designed to protect and shield from process abrasion the liner's edge interface at
the meter's end.
C. Transmitter: The microprocessor-based signal converter/transmitter shall have the
following:
MWH-07202004 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15081-1
1. Utilize DC pulse technique to drive flux-producing coils.
2. Convert DC pulse signal from the tube to a standard 4-20mA signal into a minimum
of 700 ohms. Two 4-20mA signal outputs, one for each direction of flow.
3. A 6-digit LCD display for flowrate, percent of span, and totalizer.
4. An operator interface consisting of keypads which respond to English text entry.
5. Integral zero return to provide a consistent zero output signal in response to an
external dry contact closure.
6. Integral low flow cut-off and zero return.
7. Automatic range change.
8. Capable of measuring flow in both directions.
9. Programmable parameters including meter size, full scale Q, magnetic field
frequency, primarily constant, time constant.
10. Data retention for a minimum of 5 years without auxiliary main or battery power.
11. Self diagnostics and automatic data checking.
12. Protected terminals and fuses in a separate compartment which isolates field
connection from electronics.
13. Can tolerate ambient temperature operating limits of-20 to 140 degrees F (-29 to 60
degrees C).
D. Performance Requirements
1. Time Constant: 0.5 to 1000 seconds
2. Accuracy 0.25 percent of flow rate from 10 to 100 percent of full scale for velocities
over 3-ft/sec.
3. Repeatability: 0.25 percent of full scale
4. Isolation: either galvanic or optic
5. Power consumption: 30 watts max
6. Power supply: 120 VAC, plus or minus 10 percent
E. Factory Testing
1. Each flow metering system shall be hydraulically calibrated at a facility which is
traceable to the National Institute of Testing Standards. The calibration procedure
shall conform to the requirements of MIL-STD-45662A. A real-time computer
generated printout of the actual calibration data indicating apparent and actual flows
at 20, 40, 60, 80, and 100 percent of the calibrated range shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER at least 30 days prior to shipment of meters to the Site.
MWH-07202004 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15081-2
F. Manufacturers, or equal
1. Bailey.-Fischer & Porter
2. Foxboro
3. Yokogawa
2.2 SCHEDULE
A. The following magnetic flow measuring systems shall be provided:
Tag Size Range Liner Material NEMA Rating Pressure
No. (in.) (gpm) (Body/Transmitter) Rating (psi)
M-08 (FE/FIT-098) 12 0-3000 Polyurethane 6P /4 150
PART 3.-- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Magnetic flow measuring systems shall be handled, installed, calibrated,
tested, precommissioned, and manufacturer's service and training shall be furnished in
i accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and Section 11000 — Equipment
J General Provisions.
- END OF SECTION -
l
I
MWH-07202004 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15081-3
..
' � � ..
��,
' _
• yi �
1 '� 1 �
' ' � - .
• �i� 1 i�i�
_ � 1� i:�
,� . I
• � a � �
1: _
i
►, � � — ;•
' ,. _ -
;c
a
�, ..
r i
w
i
_ ► � — .
i :.
.s
— i
� � '
SECTION 15084 - ROTAMETERS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide rotameters and appurtenant work, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The meters shall be suitable for the service and chemicals conveyed at process
temperatures.
B. Basic Design: Unless otherwise indicated, all rotameters in chemical solution lines and
where indicated shall have vertical bottom inlets and top outlets' with ANSI 150-lb
flanged ends, for vertical mounting. Meters in gas, air, and pump seal flushing lines
shall be of the modified rotameter design with screwed ends, spring-loaded pistons, and
union bodies for mounting in any position. All meters shall be rated for a minimum
working pressure of 150 psi.
C. Schedule: Provide the following rotameters:
Pipe Flow Line Flanged
I.D. Size Range Pressure or
No. Service Inches gpm Psi Screwed
M-09 12.5% Sodium 0.5 0.003-0.03 30 Flanged
Hypochlorite
M-10 12.5% Sodium 0.5 0.003-0.03 30 Flanged
Hypochlorite
tm- Carrier Water 0.75 1-10 25 Flanged
2.2 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Flanged Meters for Chemical Solutions: Flanged rotameters for chemical solutions
and other service, where indicated, shall be calibrated in gallons per minute, pounds per
24 hours (for chlorine gas), or cubic feet per minute for other gases and air. The meters
shall have Hastelloy C floats, scales suitable for the indicated capacity range, and a
range of 10:1 with an accuracy of plus and minus 2 percent. The scales shall be
suitable for the capacity ranges in the schedule above. The following body materials
shall be used:
1. Chlorine Service — Not Used.
2. Activated carbon solution — Not Used.
3. Other chemicals - Type 316 stainless steel ends with heavy borosilicate glass tubes
and packing glands, or other best suitable material.
MWH-07202004 ROTAMETERS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15084-1
B. Screwed Meters for Water, Air, and Fuel Gas: Rotameters with NPT screwed ends
for water, air, and fuel gas service shall be calibrated in gallons per minute or cubic feet
per minute. The bodies shall have union ends for ease of maintenance, polysulphone
tubes, aluminum or brass end fittings, Type 316 stainless steel internal parts, and scales
suitable for the capacity range shown in the schedule above. The meters shall have an
accuracy of not less than plus and minus 5 percent over the capacity range.
C. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Chlorine Service— Emerson (Brooks) No. 1180, or US Filter/Wallace and Tiernan
"Varea-Meter"
2. Activated Carbon - Emerson (Brooks) No. 3611, or US Filter/Wallace and
Tiernan "Varea-Meter"
3. Other Chemicals - Emerson (Brooks) No. 1144, or US Filter/Wallace and Tiernan
"Varea-Meter"
4. Water, Air and Gas Meters - Headland "In-Line Meters", or Universal Flow
Monitors, Inc. "INSITE" meters.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Rotameters shall be installed in chemical solution lines, in dilution water lines, in pump
seal flushing lines, in gas and air lines, and where indicated.
B. Rotameters shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 ROTAMETERS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15084-2
SECTION 15145 - PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install pipe and equipment insulation, complete
and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. In addition to the insulation
shown and specified, the CONTRACTOR shall insulate any cold or hot piping and
exhausts that could be hazardous to plant personnel upon contact.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Federal Specifications
HH-1-558B Insulation Blocks, Boards, Blankets, Felts, Sleeving
(Pipe and Tube Covering), and Pipe Fitting Covering,
Thermal (Mineral Fiber, Industrial Type)
B. Commercial Standards
ASTM C 547 Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation
ASTM E 84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete shop drawings of all thermal insulation, with
manufacturer's data on materials, covering, jackets, and finish, in accordance with
Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All components of the insulation, including covering, mastics, and adhesives, shall have
a flame-spread rating of not over 25 and a smoke development rating of not over 50.
Ratings shall be as established by tests in accordance with ASTM E 84 and Federal
Specification standards. The integrated insulation assemblies shall also conform to the
above specifications. Insulation shall be applied in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
2.2 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Standard Temperature Insulation: This type of insulation shall be employed for
process, cold and hot water, steam, and condensate piping and equipment with surface
temperatures up to 850 degrees F. Pipe insulation and jacketing shall be applied to
piping where indicated, including associated fittings, flanges, and valves. Pipe insulation
shall be molded-type pipe covering, made of fibrous glass with a minimum k-factor of
0.23 at 75 degrees F mean temperature.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, the insulation thickness shall be as follows:
MWH-07202004 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15145-1
Pipe Minimum Thickness of
Insulation (inches)
Hot and cold potable water 6 in and smaller 1
3-in and smaller 1
Heat traced piping
4-in and larger 1-1/2
Caustic Soda (CS) Piping 6 in and smaller 1
Equipment and Tanks Minimum Thickness of
Insulation (inches)
Boilers, heaters, and manufactured equipment as recommended by manufacturer
Heat exchangers, tanks, and vessels 3
C. The insulation shall be oversized for installation over electric heating cable. Insulation
shall have a factory-applied white fire-retardant vapor-barrier jacket of kraft paper and
aluminum foil laminated together and reinforced with fiberglass yarn. Fittings and valves
shall be covered with the same material as the pipe, cut in segments to fit snugly'without
open spaces, held in place with copper wire or cement, and then be covered with the
same jacketing material as the pipe. Insulated fittings adjacent to vapor-barrier
insulation shall be sealed with acceptable vapor-barrier cement before installation of the
finish jacket. Pipe insulation and vapor-barrier shall be continuous through hangers and
supports. Insulation shall be coordinated with the pipe hangers and supports and where
insulation protection shields are provided the top half section of pipe insulation at
support locations shall be of the same density, and the bottom half insulation segments
provided between the pipe and the insulation protection shields shall have a density of
not less than 6 Ib/cu ft. Insulation shall be covered with smooth aluminum weatherproof
metal or plastic preformed jacketing with a factory-attached moisture barrier. Jackets for
fittings shall consist of precision-formed smooth-sided sections and shall be sized to
cover and protect the insulated fitting. Each section shall be manufactured from
aluminum or PVC, and joints shall be sealed with silicone mastic or solvent welding to
provide a continuous air and weathertight joint. Strapping shall be 1/2-inch wide, Type
3003 aluminum or stainless steel.
D. High Temperature Insulation: This type of insulation shall be employed for engine
exhaust pipes, flues, and similar pipes and equipment with surface temperatures up to
1200 degrees F. The high temperature insulation shall consist of 4-inch thick calcium
silicate or similar pre-molded blocks in two layers of 2-inch thickness, each with
staggered joints, all applied over a 3/4-inch high metal rib lath. The inner layer shall be
suitable for 1200 degrees F, and the second layer for 1000 degrees F. Bends, voids,
joints, fittings and other parts of the piping system shall be filled with insulating cement.
Aluminum lagging with preformed aluminum fittings shall be banded to the insulation in a
similar fashion as required for standard insulation. Allowance shall be made for thermal
expansion.
E. Manufacturers, or Equal
Armstrong Contracting and Supply Corp.
Certain-Teed Corporation
MWH-07202004 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15145-2
Manville
�l Owens-Corning Fiber Glass Corp.
P.P.G. Industries, Inc.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
1 3.1 INSTALLATION
—1 A. Insulation shall be installed by a qualified insulation contractor in strict accordance with
I the manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION -
1
�l
1
1
_ 1 .
1
_ l
J
_1
_1
MWH-07202004 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15145-3
..
ti .
� i i
1e
� �
_ i '. .. '�
ra
1 ,N • J
� � _ �
� � . � li
• •• �i I
�� �
_ �
� •
_ , � �
� � ' � �
� �
. �
_ '��
� �
�' �
� . � 1 _
� • , �
• ' � •
i�
. • � ..
� '
SECTION 15151 -WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall design and provide a wet sprinkler and standpipe system for
fire protection in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. CONTRACTOR shall review facility layout Drawings and perform complete fire
protection system design and provide installation as indicated and as required by NFPA.
CONTRACTOR shall engage and pay for the services of a certified fire protection
engineer to design systems to protect the required areas.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATION, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Design and install entire system in accordance with indicated codes, standards and
regulations
B. Codes
1. NFPA Standard 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems
2. NFPA Standard 14 Standpipe, Hose Systems
C. Standards
1. UL Underwriter's Laboratory
2. FM Factory Mutual
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit proposed layout for state and local fire authority's approval and
OWNER's Insurance Company approval prior to Shop Drawing submittal.
1. Descriptive literature for materials and equipment. All equipment shall be new and
UL approved.
2. Drawings which locate and detail piping, supports, sprinkler heads, valves, and
miscellaneous items.
3. Layout drawing showing only sprinkler head locations.
4. Submit drawings and hydraulic calculations of entire sprinkler system after review
and approval of head locations by OWNER's Insurance Underwriter. Submit only
Underwriter's approved drawings and calculations.
5. Written certification and approval of Fire Marshal.
C. OWNER's Manual
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 1
1. Drawings that show the "As Built" layout of the entire sprinkler and stand pipe
systems.
2. Data conforming to NFPA Standard 13A- Sprinkler Maintenance.
3. Test reports that accurately record and report the methods of testing, times and
dates of the test, witnesses to the test, and the results of the test. The test reports
shall be neatly typewritten on standard 8-1/2 by 11-inch sheets and be submitted for
acceptance within 5 Days after the test has been performed.
4. Include certification that flow calculations and tests have been completed and
approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Fire Protection Subcontractor: Experienced certified fire protection
firm regularly engaged in installation and maintenance of fire protection sprinkler
systems and having at least 3 years experience in design, installation, and testing of
sprinkler systems.
B. Qualifications of Training Instructor: Trained and familiar with giving both classroom
and "hands-on" instruction.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
A Thin C r)ntrart nrawinnc chnw thin nanaral grrgmmnmznt of thin aronc to ranaivP nrntartinn
and detection. CONTRACTOR shall review the Drawings so that items affecting the
operation of the fire protection systems such as fire detection equipment, air diffuser
openings, door openings, electrical equipment, electrical conduits, and fire and smoke
dampers are considered in the design of the system.
B. Offset, cross over, and otherwise route piping to install system in available space.
Piping and equipment shall be designed, routed, and arranged to maintain proper
access and clearance to equipment items and maintenance areas without interfering
with the function of the facility.
C. The sprinkler system shall be hydraulically designed for the hazard and areas indicated
on Drawings, including flow for inside hose streams.
D. Any design criteria, whether or not given on the Drawings, shall be subject to the
approval of the local and state authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Consult with local fire marshal for locations of fire hose cabinets and standpipe if
required.
F. Sprinkler piping shall be sized using hydraulic calculations based on information
obtained from the OWNER or water tests taken at the Site, and criteria indicated.
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 2
2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Above ground fire protection pipe shall be Schedule 40 black steel, complying with
ASTM A 135 - Electric Resistance Welded Pipe, with welded joints. Victualic standard
grooved type couplings with roll grooved piping, will also be acceptable. Pipe shall have
manufacturer's name or trademark clearly shown on each length. Fittings, valves, and
appurtenances shall have manufacturer's name or mark raised or cut into each body.
B. Sleeves: Sleeves shall be ASTM A 53 - Steel Pipe, Black, and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated
Welded and Seamless, Schedule 40, galvanized seamless steel or as indicated.
C. Unions: Unions shall be malleable iron having female pattern, brass to iron seat, and
ground joint. Unions shall be rated for minimum 150 psig working pressure.
D. Siamese Fire Department Connections: Fire department connection for standpipes
and sprinklers shall be Elkhart, or equal, 2-1/2 by 2-1/2 by 6-inches polished brass
exposed finish consisting of polished escutcheon lettered - "Standpipe" - "Auto-Spkr",
angle body with individual clappers, and threaded brass plugs with chains. Provide 1/2-
inch brass ball drip and arrangement to drain riser to the outside.
2.3 PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Approved supports shall be installed and sized as required to carry the weight of pipe,
contents, and insulation, and shall be arranged to prevent vibration transmission to the
building.
B. Support piping and equipment independently.
C. Support risers at each floor level
2.4 VALVES
A. Gate Valves: Gate valves shall be Crane, Lunkenheimer, Nibco-Scott, or equal; with
rising stem; outside screw and yoke type; iron body and bronze or brass trim; solid
wedge bronze or brass disc and steel handwheel; flanged inlet and outlet for 2-1/2
inches and larger; threaded inlet and outlet for 2-inches and smaller; rated for 200 psig
water working pressure; capability of being repacked while under pressure; and
complete with pressure monitoring switch with SPDT normally closed contacts.
B. Check Valves' Check valves shall be horizontal swing check type as manufactured by
Crane, or equal with non-shock design having iron body, bronze or brass trim, bronze or
brass disc, flanged inlet and outlet, and shall be rated for minimum 300 psig water
working pressure. Valves shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) and Factory
Mutual Laboratories (FM).
C. Angle Valves: Angle valves shall be as manufactured by Elkhart, or equal and shall be
2-1/2 inch size, male to female, chrome-plated brass, and a 300 psig minimum working
pressure.
D. Automatic Ball Drip Valves: Automatic ball drip valves shall be as manufactured by
Croker, Allenco, or equal with cast brass body and 3/4-inch trade size pipe thread.
E. Drain Valves: Drain valves shall be bronze globe, 175 psi minimum water working
pressure.
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 3
F. Any shutoff valves on system shall be supervised open by padlocking. Include tamper
switches if required by local authorities. Wiring shall meet the requirements of Division
16 - Electrical.
G. Backflow Preventer: Backflow preventers for automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be
UL and Factory Mutual approved for fire protection. Flow curves shall be generated by
the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University
of Southern California. Backflow preventers shall work on the reduced pressure
principle. In a non-flow condition, the check valves in the bypass and mainline shall be
closed. Flows from zero to approximately 5 gpm shall flow through the bypass. This
operation at low flow rates shall be accomplished by designing the differential pressure
drop across the bypass line to be slightly less than the mainline check valve. Any flow
through the fireline shall be registered by the bypass meter. Flows in excess of
approximately 5 gpm shall open the mainline check valves causing flow to occur through
the mainline assembly and the bypass line. They shall consist of 2 spring-loaded check
valves, automatic differential pressure relief valve, drain valves, bypass double check.
valve, flow meter, and shut-off valves. The body material shall be bronze or cast iron for
a working pressure of not less than 150 psi, with bronze or stainless steel trim. Drain
lines with air gaps shall be provided. The backflow preventer valves shall be in
accordance with AWWA C511 standard. Installation of backflow prevention units shall
meet all local code requirements. Reduced pressure backflow assemblies shall be
approved for use by the Washington State Department of Health. The CONTRACTOR
shall select and install backflow preventers from a list of accepted cross-connection
control assemblies published by the Department of Health.
2.5 SPECIALTIES
A, Water Flow Detectors; Detectors shall be Pntter-RnPmer 6200 Series, or eqi ini water
flow switch. Switches shall have retards adjustable up to 70 seconds, and be furnished
with 2 SPDT contacts. The normally open contacts shall close upon water flow and
activate an alarm.
B. Sprinkler Heads
1. Standard spray, pendent type ceiling sprinklers as manufactured by Automatic
Sprinkler Corporation of America, or equal. Sprinklers shall be standard pendant
type for 1/2-inch orifice by 1/2-inch NPT. Sprinklers shall have temperature rating of
175 degrees F. The sprinkler shall be UL listed, FM approved, and limited to
light/ordinary hazard occupancies.
2. Upright type standard sprinklers shall have chrome finish.
3. Furnish additional heads that may be required for coordinated ceiling pattern without
additional cost, even though number of heads may exceed minimum code
requirements.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Do not begin installation until authority approvals are submitted to OWNER.
B. Piping
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 4
1. Installed piping, valves and fittings shall meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA
Standards 13 and 14 and any other state or local laws, codes, and ordinances
having jurisdiction over these installations.
2. In areas with furred ceilings, run piping concealed above furred ceilings and in joists
or beams to minimize obstructions. Expose only heads.
3. Provide cabinet, mounted on wall as directed by the ENGINEER in field, containing
2 extra sprinkler heads of each type and wrench suitable for each head type.
4. Provide inspector's test connection on each zone and system.
5. Pipes shall be cut off even and reamed full bore. Threads shall be cut smooth, true,
and to standard size. Pipe shall be cleaned of chips, burrs, and oil. Thread
compound shall be placed on male threads only, where threaded joints occur. :,
6. Welding shall be performed in accordance with the welding procedures of the
National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau or any other approved procedures
conforming to ASME Boiler/Pressure Vessel Code or ANSI Code for Pressure
Piping requirements. No welder shall be employed on the WORK that has-not been
fully qualified under the above procedure and so certified by a local member of the
National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau.
7. Wherever equipment is not clearly visible, or its function may require clarification, a
lettered plate or decal (as applicable), shall be provided as directed by the
ENGINEER. Letter size shall conform to code but not be less than 3/4-inch high.
C. Sleeves and Sealing
1. Provide sleeves for pipes passing through floors, walls, partitions, and any other
building construction, of adequate diameter to allow minimum of 3/4-inch clearance
around between sleeve and pipe.
2. Provide escutcheons at points where wall or floor are penetrated.
3. When pipe is insulated, insulation shall pass continuously through sleeve with 3/4-
inch clearance between insulation and sleeve.
4. Provide required cutting and patching.
5. Floor sleeves shall extend two inches above finished floor level.
6. Wall sleeves shall be flush with face of wall unless otherwise indicated.
7. Sleeves shall permit free thermal expansion of pipe without binding or contact with
structure.
8. Do not support pipes by resting pipe clamps on floor sleeves. Supplementary
members shall be provided so pipes are floor supported.
D. Sprinkler Head Guards: Sprinkler heads that are less than 84-inches above finished
floor or are so located as to be subject to injury, shall be protected with approved
guards.
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 5
3.2 TESTING
A. Standards: Testing, final acceptance, certification, and approvals shall be in
accordance with the requirements of the NFPA Standards No. 13 and 14 and as
indicated herein. Where these requirements differ from NFPA standards, the most
stringent requirements shall govern.
B. Facilities: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish labor, materials, test equipment, water, and
electricity required to conduct the test. Furnish services of factory-trained fire protection
engineer or specialist to supervise installation of sprinkler systems, conduct final field
acceptance tests, and instruct OWNER's personnel.
C. Scheduling: Tests shall be scheduled to allow the ENGINEER, Fire Marshal, and
insurance carrier to witness the test. The ENGINEER, Fire Marshal, and insurance
carrier shall be notified a minimum of 48 hours prior to anticipated testing.
D. Partial Testing: As much as practical, systems shall be tested as complete systems.
Tests on portions of a system may be allowed for proper progress scheduling. When
systems are tested in segments, a separate and complete report shall be submitted for
each segment. Segmented reports shall include a system diagram indicating portion of
system tested.
E. Concealed WORK: Concealed WORK shall be tested by the CONTRACTOR and
approved by the ENGINEER prior to covering.
F. Tests: The test source shall be isolated before conducting pressure tests. Each control
valve shall be opened and closed while under pressure to assure proper operation.
Pioina system shall he canned anti s ihiPraPrl to n minima im static. water nracci ira of 9M
psig and maintained for 2 hours with no leaks or loss of pressure. Leaking joints shall be
completely disassembled and rebuilt using new materials.
G. Retests: Portions of the system that fail the tests shall be retested and approved by the
ENGINEER after corrective measures have been taken.
3.3 FLUSHING AND STERILIZATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary temporary connections, valves, oversized
flushing connections, pumps, and water as required to properly clean and sterilize the
system.
B. Protect equipment and materials at all times. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs
during installation. Cover and protect equipment and materials from dirt, water,
chemicals, and mechanical damage.
C. Prior to testing, flush the piping system with clean water until free of scale, slag, dirt,
grease, or other foreign material in accordance with requirements of NFPA Standards
No. 13 and 14. Clean and prepare exterior of pipe prior to painting.
D. Upon completion of the installation, sterilize each system, including the underground
supply connection, by chlorination before the system is placed in operation. The amount
of chlorine applied shall be such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per
million. Following a contact period of not less than 8 hours, flush the chlorinated water
from the system with clean water until the residual chlorine is not greater than 0.4 parts
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 6
per million. Valves in water lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed a minimum
of 3 times during the 8 hour period.
3.4 START-UP
A. Fire protection engineer shall supervise start-up and adjustment of controls.
3.5 TRAINING
A. Train OWNER's personnel after testing has been completed successfully and approval
1 has been obtained from authorities.
�l B. Classroom training shall include equipment overview, review of O&M manual, and
showing of visual aids. "Hands-on" training shall be held at the equipment.
- END OF SECTION -
_ 1
-1
1
_1
l
J
J
J
1
MWH-07212004 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15151 - 7
� . _ '
�,
• ::
_ _ '
' r.
_ r. i .�
_ _
i
— •
r.� i
R�' • �
• , �■
n
� � • - -
I '
• �
� — 'E rr er
' •�
. ,�
�.� �—
Rt
� - � �
:� i
.� — .,
' ' — —
. i_.
s.
L i ..
' :, ,
SECTION 15183 - GAUGES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide pressure and vacuum gauges and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRESSURE AND VACUUM GAUGES
A. General: Pressure gauges shall be provided on suction and discharge connections to
pumps as indicated in the pump specifications; on discharge connections from blowers
and compressors; each side of pressure reducing valves; and wherever indicated.
Vacuum gauges shall be provided for vacuum pumps and wherever indicated. In all
locations (such as certain pump suction connections) where pressures may vary from
below to above atmospheric head, compound gauges shall be installed.
B. Gauge Construction: Gauges shall be industrial quality type with Type 316 stainless
steel movement and stainless steel or alloy case. Unless otherwise indicated, gauges
shall have a 3-1/2-inch dial, 1/4-inch threaded connection, a Type 316 stainless steal
snubber adapter, and a shut-off valve. Gauges shall be calibrated to read in applicable
units, with an accuracy of plus and minus 1 percent, to 150 percent of the working
pressure or vacuum of the pipe or vessel to which they are connected. All gauges shall
be vibration and shock resistant.
C. Diaphragm Seal: Gauges attached to systems involving chemical solutions, corrosive
fluids, sludge, sewage, or other liquids containing solids at less than 1 percent dry solids
shall be equipped with diaphragm seals, or equal protective pressure or vacuum sensing
devices, as follows:
1. For: sewage, sludge, Seals of all Type 316 stainless steel, with
liquids containing solids, stainless steel diaphragm for pressures over
pulsating flow 15 psi, and elastomer diaphragm for
pressures of 15 psi and below, Type 316
stainless steel nuts and bolts, fill connection
and valved flush port size 1/4-inch NPT,
capable of disassembly without loss of filler
fluid.
Manufacturers, or Equal:
Ashcroft, model 101;
U.S. Gauge (Ametek), SG;
Marshalltown, Series 225-01.
2. For: chemical solutions, Seals with PVC body for removable
sewage, sludge, etc., mounting rated at 200 psi, with Type 316
where breakage does stainless steel bolts and nuts, 1/2-inch inlet,
not create a major 1/4-inch outlet, liquid-filled with Teflon
MWH-07202004 GAUGES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15183-1
shutdown diaphragm for pressure, and suitable
elastomer diaphragm for vacuum service.
Manufacturers, or Equal:
Plast-O-Matic Valves, Inc.;
Harrington Ind. Plastics, Inc.; Utilities
Supply.
D. Gauge Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Marsh Instrument Company;
2. Ashcroft Industrial Instruments (Dresser);
3. Foxboro/Jordan, Inc.;
4. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.;
5.--- U.S. Gauge Div. of Ametek. -
E. Snubbers: Pressure/shock dampeners (snubbers) shall be furnished were indicated.
Snubbers shall be installed between the seal and instrument. Snubbers shall be the
adjustable type, and shall be adjusted by the CONTRACTOR to minimize instrument
oscillation.
F. Snubber Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Cajon Company;
2. Weksler Instruments, Corp.
2.2 ANNULAR SEAL PRESSURE GAUGES
A. General: Annular pressure gauges shall be provided for primary sludge and sludge
containing greater than 1 percent solids and where shown.
B. Construction: Pressure shall be sensed by a flexible sleeve contained in a flanged cast
iron or steel spool or wafer body, and transmitted to the gauge through a captive fluid.
The sleeve shall be of Buna N and fabricated so as to isolate the body from the process
liquid. Gauges shall be calibratcd to rcad in applicable units, with an accuracy of plus
and minus 1 percent, to 150 percent of the working pressure of the system to which they
are connected.
C. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Red Valve Company, Inc.
2. Ronningen-Petter.
MWH-07202004 GAUGES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15183-2
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
1 3.1 INSTALLATION
r� A. Gauges shall be installed with the face in the vertical position, at the locations indicated
and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Care shall be taken
to minimize the effect of water hammer or vibrations on the gauges. In extreme cases,
the gauges may have to be mounted independently, with flexible connectors.
- END OF SECTION -
1,
1
1
1
]
J
J
J
1
MWH-07202004 GAUGES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15183-3
- :�
if
„ i — i —
_ i •.
i
.� � �
,� � i
I •4 ��
k ` —
• ,- . � �.
s,
.� � i � � n :,��
* � ii �
.. � . .7
' ', . �.
• —
� 1!i 'Y 4f t:
' ��
1'
1 �
1 .��
1 .� .
� �•
' • ' � � -
h_
1 � � -
SECTION 15200 -VALVES, GENERAL
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all valves, actuators, and appurtenances, complete
and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 11000 - Equipment General Provisions, apply to the WORK
of this Section.
C. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and valve actuators except where'
otherwise indicated. Valves and actuators in particular locations may require a
combination of units, sensors, limit switches, and controls indicated in other Sections of
the Specifications.
D. Where a valve is to be supported by means other than the piping to which it is attached,
the CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the valve manufacturer a design for support and
foundation that satisfies the criteria in Section 11000. The design, including drawings
and calculations sealed by an engineer, shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings.
When the design is approved, the support shall be provided.
E. Unit Responsibility: A single manufacturer shall be made responsible for coordination
of design, assembly, testing, and furnishing of each valve; however, the CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible to the OWNER for compliance with the requirements of each valve
section. Unless indicated otherwise, the responsible manufacturer shall be the
manufacturer of the valve.
F. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valves of the same type and size are
required, the valves shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information:
1. Valve name, size, Cv factor, pressure rating, identification number (if any), and
specification section number.
2. Complete information on valve actuator, including size, Manufacturer, model
number, limit switches, and mounting.
3. Cavitation limits for all control valves.
4. Assembly drawings showing part nomenclature, materials, dimensions, weights, and
relationships of valve handles, handwheels, position indicators, limit switches,
integral control systems, needle valves, and control systems.
MWH-07202004 VALVES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15200-1
5. Data in accordance with Section 16460 - Electric Motors for all electric motor-
actuated valves.
6. Complete wiring diagrams and control system schematics.
7. Valve Labeling: A schedule of valves to be provided with stainless steel tags,
indicating in each case the valve location and the proposed wording for the tag.
C. Technical Manual: The Technical Manual shall contain the required information for
each valve.
D. Spare Parts List: A Spare Parts List shall contain the required information for each
valve assembly, where indicated.
E. Factory Test Data: Where indicated, signed, dated, and certified factory test data for
each valve requiring certification shall be submitted before shipment of the valve. The
data shall also include certification of quality and test results for factory-applied coatings.
PART 2 ---PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. General: Valves and gates shall be new and of current manufacture. Shut-off valves 6-
inches and larger shall have actuators with position indicators. Gate valves 18-inches
and larger or where chain wheel is required, shall be furnished with spur gear and hand
wheel. Buried valves shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing position
....J:_..a...._ ....J ..1.. ..a....._ ....,_ 11A_....._� _L..a _C[ _�.. ._a_J L:_.L_.. al-_._ 7 r__a
Indira ors and valve extensions. Manual shut-V11 valves mounted higher than /-ICGL
above working level shall be provided with chain actuators.
B. Valve Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, valve actuators shall be in accordance
with Section 15201 - Valve and Gate Actuators.
C. Protective Coating: The exterior surfaces of all valves and the wet interior surfaces of
ferrous valves of sizes 4 inches and larger shall be coated in accordance with Section
09800 - Protective Coating. The valve manufacturer shall certify in writing that the
required coating has been applied and tested in the manufacturing plant prior to
shipment, in accordance with these Specifications. Flange faces of valves shall not be
epoxy coated.
D. Valve Labeling: Except when such requirement is waived by the ENGINEER in writing,
a label shall be provided on all shut-off valves and control valves except for hose bibs.
The label shall be of 1/16-inch plastic or stainless steel, minimum 2 inches by 4 inches in
size, as indicated in Section 15005 - Piping Identification Systems, and shall by
permanently attached to the valve or on the wall adjacent to the valve as directed by the
ENGINEER.
E. Valve Testing: As a minimum, unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the
reference Standards, valves 3-inches in diameter and smaller shall be tested in
accordance with manufacturer's standard and 4-inches in diameter and larger shall be
factory tested as follows:
1. Hydrostatic Testing: Valve bodies shall be subjected to internal hydrostatic
pressure equivalent to twice the water rated pressure of the valve. Metallic valves
MWH-07202004 VALVES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15200-2
rating pressures shall be at 100 degrees F and plastic valves shall be 73 degrees,
or at higher temperature according to type of material. During the hydrostatic test,
there shall be no leakage through the valve body, end joints, or shaft seals; nor shall
any part of the valve be permanently deformed. The duration shall be sufficient time
to allow visual examination for leakage. Test duration shall be at least 10 minutes.
2. Seat Testing: Valves shall be tested for leaks in the closed position with the
pressure differential across the seat equal to the water rated pressure of the valve.
The duration of test shall be sufficient time to allow visual examination for leakage.
Test duration shall be at least 10 minutes. Leakage past the closed valve shall not
exceed 1 fluid ounce per hour per inch diameter for metal seated valves and drop-
tight for resilient seated valves.
3. Performance Testing: All valves shall be shop operated from fully closed to fully
open position and reverse under no-flow conditions in order to demonstrate the
valve assembly operates properly.
F. Certification: Prior to shipment, the CONTRACTOR shall submit for valves over 12
inches in size, certified, notarized copies of the hydrostatic factory tests, Showing
compliance with the applicable standards of AWWA, ANSI, or ASTM.
G. Valve Marking: Valve bodies shall be permanently marked in accordance with MSS
SP25 - Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: Materials shall be suitable for the intended application. Materials in contact
with potable water shall be listed as compliant with NSF Standard 61. Materials not
indicated shall be high-grade standard commercial quality, free from defects and
imperfections that might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which
it is intended. Unless otherwise indicated, valve and actuator bodies shall conform to
the following requirements:
1. Cast Iron: Close-grained gray cast iron, conforming to ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron
Castings, Class 30, or to ASTM A 126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and
Pipe Fittings.
2. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536 - Ductile Iron Castings, or to ASTM A 395 - Ferritic
Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures.
3. Steel: ASTM A 216 - Steel Castings, Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-
Temperature Service, or to ASTM A 515 - Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for
Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service.
4. Bronze: ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings, and valve
stems not subject to dezincification shall conform to ASTM B 584 - Copper Alloy
Sand Castings for General Applications.
5. Stainless Steel: Stainless steel valve and operator bodies and trim shall conform
to ASTM A 351 - Steel Castings, Austenitic, for High-Temperature Service, Grade
CF8M, or shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
6. PVC: Poly Vinyl Chloride materials for valve body, flanges, and cover shall conform
to Cell Classification 12454.
MWH-07202004 VALVES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15200-3
7. CPVC: Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride materials for valve body, flanges, and cover
shall conform to Cell Classification 23447.
8. NSF Standard 14: All materials shall be listed for use in contact with potable water.
2.3 VALVE CONSTRUCTION
A. Bodies: Valve bodies shall be cast, molded (in the case of plastic valves), forged, or
welded of the materials indicated, with smooth interior passages. Wall thicknesses shall
be uniform in agreement with the applicable standards for each type of valve, without
casting defects, pinholes, or other defects that could weaken the body. Welds on
welded bodies shall be done by certified welders and shall be ground smooth. Valve
ends shall be as indicated, and be rated for the maximum temperature and pressure to
which the valve will be subjected.
B. Valve End Connections: Unless otherwise indicated, valves 2-1/2 inches diameter and
smaller may be provided with threaded end connections. Valves 3-inches and larger
shall have flanged or mechanical joint end connections as shown on the Drawings.
C. Bonnets: Valve bonnets-shall be clamped,-screwed, or flanged to the body and shall be
of the same material, temperature, and pressure rating as the body. The bonnets shall
have provision for the stem seal with the necessary glands, packing nuts, or yokes.
D. Stems: Valve stems shall be of the materials indicated, or, if not indicated, of the best
commercial material for the Gpecific service, with adjustable stem packing, O-rings,
Chevron V-type packing, or other suitable seal. Where subject to dezincification, bronze
valve stems shall conform to ASTM B 62, rontainincd not more. than 5 percent of zinc or
more than 2 percent of aluminum, with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi, a
minimum yield strength of 14,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10 percent in 2
inches. Where dezincification is not a problem, bronze conforming to ASTM B 584 may
be used, except that zinc content shall not exceed 16 percent.
E. Stem Guides: Stem guides shall be provided, spaced 10-feet on centers unless the
manufacturer can demonstrate by calculation that a different spacing is acceptable.
Submerged stem guides shall be 304 stainless steel.
F. Internal Parts: Internal parts and valve trim shall be as indicated for each individual
valve. Where not indicated, valve trim shall be of Type 316 stainless steel or other best
suited material.
G. Nuts and Bolts: Nuts and bolts on valve flanges and supports shall be in accordance
with Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metalwork.
2.4 VALVE ACCESSORIES
A. Valves shall be furnished complete with the accessories required to provide a functional
system.
2.5 SPARE PARTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the required spare parts suitably packaged and
labeled with the valve name, location, and identification number. The CONTRACTOR
shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for
MWH-07202004 VALVES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15200-4
the spare parts of each valve. Spare parts are intended for use by the OWNER, after
expiration of the correction of defects period.
2.6 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Valve manufacturers shall have a successful record of
not less than 5 years in the manufacture of the valves indicated.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. General: Valves, actuating units, stem extensions, valve boxes, and accessories shall
be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated.
Gates shall be adequately braced to prevent warpage and bending under the intended
use. Valves shall be firmly supported to avoid undue stresses on the pipe.
B. Access: Valves shall be installed with easy access for actuation, removal, and
maintenance and to avoid interference between valve actuators and structural members,
handrails, or other equipment.
C. Valve Accessories: Where combinations of valves, sensors, switches, and controls are
indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall properly assemble and install such items so that
systems are compatible and operating properly. The relationship between interrelated
items shall be clearly noted on Shop Drawing submittals.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 VALVES, GENERAL
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15200-5
SECTION 15201 - VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide valve and gate actuators and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and gates, except where
otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.
C. Unit Responsibility: The valve or gate manufacturer shall be made responsible for
coordination of design, assembly, testing, and installation of actuators on the valves'and
gates; however, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the OWNER for compliance
of the valves, gates, and actuators with the Contract Documents.
D. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valve or gate actuators of the same types or
sizes are required, the actuators shall be produced by the same manufacturer.
E. The requirements of Section 16485 - Local Control Stations and Miscellaneous Electrical
Devices apply to the WORK of this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals and
Section 15200 - Valves, General.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawing information for all actuators shall be submitted together
with the valve and gate submittals as a complete package.
C. Calculations: Selection calculations showing dynamic seating and unseating torques
versus output torque of actuator shall be submitted.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Unless otherwise indicated, shut-off and throttling valves and externally actuated valves
and gates shall be provided with manual or power actuators. The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish actuators complete and operable with mounting hardware, motors, gears,
controls, wiring, solenoids, handwheels, levers, chains, and extensions, as applicable.
Actuators shall have the torque ratings equal to or greater than required for valve seating
and dynamic torques, whichever is greater, and shall be capable of holding the valve in
any intermediate position between fully-open and fully-closed without creeping or
fluttering. Actuator torque ratings for butterfly valves shall be determined in accordance
with AWWA C504 - Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. All wires of motor-driven actuators
shall be identified by unique numbers.
B. Manufacturers: Where indicated, certain valves and gates may be provided with
actuators manufactured by the valve or gate manufacturer. Where actuators are
furnished by different manufacturers, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate selection to
have the fewest number of manufacturers possible.
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-1
C. Materials: Actuators shall be current models of the best commercial quality materials
and be liberally-sized for the required torque. Materials shall be suitable for the
environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed.
D. Actuator Mounting and Position Indicators: Actuators shall be securely mounted by
means of brackets or hardware specially designed and sized for this purpose and be of
ample strength. The word "open" shall be cast on each valve or actuator with an arrow
indicating the direction to open in the counter-clockwise direction. Gear and power
actuators shall be equipped with position indicators. Where possible, manual actuators
shall be located between 48 and 60 inches above the floor or the permanent working
platform.
E. Standard: Unless otherwise indicated and where applicable, actuators shall be in
accordance with AWWA C 540 - Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates.
F. Functionality: Electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic actuators shall be coordinated with
the power requirements of Division 16 and applicable instrumentation equipment.
G. Fasteners shall be in accordance with Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metalwork.
H. Protective coatings shall be in accordance with-Section 09800 - Protective Coatings.
2.2 MANUAL ACTUATORS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, valves and gates shall be furnished with manual
actuators. Valves in sizes up to and including 4-inches shall have direct acting lever or
handwheel actuators of the manufacturer's best standard design. Larger valves and
qates shall have qear-assisted manual actuators, with an operating pull of maximum 60
pounds on the rim of the handwheel. Buried and submerged gear-assisted valves,
gates, gear-assisted valves for pressures higher than 250 psi, valves 30 inches in
diameter and larger, and where so indicated, shall have worm gear actuators,
hermetically-sealed water-tight and grease-packed. All other valves 6-inches to 24-
inches in diameter may have traveling-nut actuators, worm gear actuators, spur or bevel
gear actuators, as appropriate for each valve.
B. Buried Valves: Unless otherwise indicated, buried valves shall have extension stems,
with square nuts or floor stands, position indicators, and cast-iron or steel pipe
extensions with valve boxes, covers, and operating keys. Where so indicated, buried
valves shall be in Standard APWA cast-iron valve boxes set to grade with two-piece,
extension type cast iron riser from valve. Lug-type covers of ample size to allow
operation of the valve actuators shall be provided. Covers of valve boxes shall be
permanently labeled with "WATER" cast in the upper surface. Wrench-nuts shall comply
with AWWA C 500 - Metal - Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. The operator
nut extension shall extend into the top section of the valve box and shall clear the bottom
of the lid by a minimum of 10 inches.
C. Chain Actuator: Manually-activated valves with the stem located more than 7-feet
above the floor or operating level shall be provided with chain drives consisting of
sprocket-rim chain wheels, chain guides, and operating chains provided by the valve
manufacturer. The wheel and guide shall be of ductile iron, cast iron, or steel, and the
chain shall be hot-dip galvanized steel or stainless steel, extending to 5-feet 6-inches
above the operating floor level. The valve stem of chain-actuated valves shall be extra
strong to allow for the extra weight and chain pull. Hooks shall be provided for chain
storage where chains interfere with pedestrian traffic.
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-2
D. Floor Boxes: Hot-dip galvanized cast iron or steel floor boxes and covers to fit the slab
thickness shall be provided for operating nuts in or below concrete slabs. For operating
nuts in the concrete slab, the cover shall be bronze-bushed.
E. Tee Wrenches: Buried valves shall be furnished with 2 operating keys or 1 key per 10
valves, whichever is greater. Tee wrenches, sized so that the tee handle will be 2 to 4
feet above ground, shall fit the operating nuts and shall be provided to operate all buried
valves.
F. Manual Worm Gear Actuator: The actuator shall consist of a single or double
reduction gear unit contained in a weather-proof cast iron or steel body with cover and
minimum 12-inch diameter handwheel. The actuator shall be capable of 90-degree
rotation and shall be equipped with travel stops capable of limiting the valve opening and
closing. The actuator shall consist of spur or helical gears or worm gearing. The gear
ratio shall be self-locking to prevent "back-driving." The spur or helical gears shall be of
hardened alloy steel and the worm gear shall be alloy bronze. The worm gear shaft and
the handwheel shaft shall be of 17-4 PH or similar stainless steel. All gearing shall be
accurately cut with hobbing machines. Ball or roller bearings shall be used throughout.
Output shaft end shall be provided with spline to allow adjustable alignment. Actuator
output gear changes shall be mechanically possible by simply changing the exposed or
helical gearset ratio without further disassembly of the actuator. All gearing shall be
designed for a 100 percent overload. The entire gear assembly shall be sealed
weatherproof.
2.3 ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS
A. General
1. Equipment Requirements: Where electric motor actuators are indicated, an electric
motor-actuated valve control unit shall be attached to the actuating mechanism
housing by means of a flanged motor adapter piece.
2. Gearing: The motor actuator shall include the motor, reduction gearing, reversing
starter, torque switches, and limit switches in a weather-proof NEMA 4 assembly.
The actuator shall be a single or double reduction unit consisting of spur or helical
gears and worm gearing. The spur or helical gears shall be of hardened alloy steel
and the worm gear shall be alloy bronze. All gearing shall be accurately cut with
hobbing machines. All power gearing shall be grease- or oil-lubricated in a sealed
housing. Ball or roller bearings shall be used throughout. Actuator output speed
changes shall be mechanically possible by simply removing the motor and changing
the exposed or helical gearset ratio without further disassembly of the actuator.
3. Starting Device: Except for modulating valves, the unit shall be so designed that a
hammer blow is imparted to the stem nut when opening a closed valve or closing an
open valve. The device should allow free movement at the stem nut before
imparting the hammer blow. The actuator motor must attain full speed before stem
load is encountered.
4. Switches
a. Electronic Type Switches: Limit switches or valve position shall be sensed by a
15 bit, optical, absolute position encoder. The open and closed positions shall
be stored in a permanent, non-volatile memory. The encoder shall measure
valve position at all times, including both motor and hand wheel operation, with
or without use of battery. An electronic torque sensor shall be furnished. The
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-3
torque limit may be adjusted from 40 to 100 percent of rating in 1 percent
increments. The motor shall be de-energized if the torque limit is exceeded. A
boost function shall be included to prevent torque trip during initial valve
unseating, and a "jammed valve' protection feature with automatic retry
sequence shall be incorporated to de-energize the motor if no movement
occurs. Valve actuators with electronic type switches shall be as manufactured
by Limitorque, Rotork or Auma Actuators, Inc.
b. The actuator shall be wired in accordance with the schematic diagram. All
wiring for external connections shall be connected to marked terminals. One 1-
inch and one 1-1/4-inch conduit connection shall be provided in the enclosing
case. A calibration tag shall be mounted near each switch correlating the dial
setting to the unit output torque. Switches shall not be subject to breakage or
slippages due to over-travel. Traveling-nuts, cams, or micro switch tripping
mechanisms shall not be used. Limit switches shall be of the heavy-duty open
contact type with rotary wiping action.
5. Handwheel Operation: A permanently attached handwheel shall be provided for
emergency manual operation. The handwheel shall not rotate during electrical
operation. The maximum torque required on the handwheel under the most
adverse conditions shall-not exceed-60-lb:ft,-and the maximum-force required-on-the
rim of the handwheel shall not exceed 60-lb. An arrow and either the word 'open"
or "close' shall be cast or permanently affixed on the handwheel to indicate the
appropriate direction to turn the handwheel. A clutch lever shall be provided to put
actuator into handwheel operation. All valves with electric motor actuators with
stems located more than 7-feet above the floor shall be provided with chain activator
handwheels. The clutch lever shall be provided with a cable secured to the chain to
allow disengagement for manual operation.
6. Motor: The motor shall be of the totally enclosed, non-ventilated, high-starting
torque, low-starting current type for full voltage starting. It shall be suitable for
operation on 480-volt, 3-phase 60-Hz current as shown for each application, and
have Class F insulation and a motor frame with all dimensions in accordance with
the latest revised NEMA MG Standards. The observed temperature rise by
thermometer shall not exceed 55 degrees C above an ambient temperature of 40
degrees C when operating continuously for 15 minutes under full rated load. With a
line voltage ranging between 10 percent above to 10 percent below the rated
voltage, the motor shall develop full rated torque continuously for 15 minutes without
causing the thermal contact protective devices imbedded in the motor windings to
trip or the starter overloads to drop-out. Bearings shall be of the ball type and thrust
bearings shall be provided where necessary. All bearings shall be provided with
suitable seals to confine the lubricant and prevent the entrance of dirt and dust.
Motor conduit connections shall be watertight. Motor construction shall incorporate
the use of stator and rotor as independent components from the valve operation
such that the failure of either item shall not require actuator disassembly or gearing
replacement. Two Class B thermal contacts or solid state thermistors imbedded
within the motor windings shall be provided to protect against over-temperature
damage. The motor shall be provided with a space heater suitable for operation on
120-volt, single-phase, 60-Hz circuit unless the entire actuator is a hermetically
sealed, non-breathing design with a separately sealed terminal compartment which
prevents moisture intrusion. Each electric motor actuator shall be provided with a
local disconnect switch or circuit breaker to isolate power from the motor and
controller during maintenance activities.
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-4
7. Open/Close Operating Speed: Unless otherwise indicated, electric actuators shall
provide a full close to full open or full open to full close operating time range from 30
to 55 seconds.
8. Valves with electric motor actuators where the valve centerline is located at a height
greater than 6 feet above the floor shall provide a remote actuator control station at
a location no higher than 4 feet above the floor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide
conduit and wiring between the actuator controls and the valve actuator for these
applications. The actuator controls shall be wall mounted beneath the valve at a
location approved by the ENGINEER.
B. Electric Motor Actuators (AC Reversing Control Type)
1. General: Where indicated, electric motor actuators shall be the AC reversing type.
2. Actuator Appurtenances: The actuator for each valve shall be supplied with open,
close push buttons; and other devices indicated.
3'. Local Control Station: Each actuator shall be provided with a local control station with
the valve actuator assembly. The station shall include open, close, and stop push
buttons and a local/remote selector switch. The local control station and local power
disconnect may be provided as an integral part of the actuator or as otherwise
indicated or required to permit operation by a person at floor elevation and within sight
of the valve actuator.
4. Manufacturers, or equal
a. Auma Actuators, Inc.
b. Limitorque Corp
c. Rotork
C. 120V Quarter-Turn and Multiturn Electric Valve Operators 6 Inches and Smaller
1. Provide 120V, single-phase motor operated valve operator suitable for use with
quarter-turn ball valves, multiturn diaphragm valves, and multiturn globe valves.
Operator shall have the following characteristics and features:
a. Reversing capacitor-start motor rated for operation on 120V ac, 60 Hz, single
phase. Output torque as required for valve application and pressure differential.
b. Integral motor overload protection, with auto-reset
c. Permanently-lubricated gear train
d. For open/close control, provide four single-pole, double-throw cam actuated limit
switches (2 OPEN, 2 CLOSED). One set of limit switches shall be used for both
motor control and local indication. The other set shall be available for connection
to remote monitoring. Limit switch contacts shall be adjustable and shall be rated
for not less than 5 amps at 120V ac.
e. Local Control Station: Open/Close: Corrosion-resistant, NEMA 4X, for mounting
near valve actuator. Provide two-position selector switch for LOCAL-REMOTE
selection and two pushbuttons, OPEN and CLOSE. In addition, provide OPEN
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-5
and CLOSE indicating lights operating at 120V ac for connection to valve control
limit switches.
f. For modulating control, provide an electronic positioner and feedback
potentiometer. The positioner shall utilize a 4 - 20 ma signal to adjust'the valve
opening. Feedback potentiometer shall be 0 -1000 ohms.
g. Local Control Station Modulating: Corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X, for mounting
near valve actuator. Provide two-position selector switch for LOCAL-REMOTE
selection, one OPEN and one CLOSE push buttons, a resistance to current
converter with 4 - 20 ma output and a 0 to 100 percent electronic valve position
indicator.
h. Local power disconnect switch (NEMA 4X) for disconnecting 120V ac power to
valve. Disconnect shall be installed in the field within sight of the valve
actuator, in accordance with the requirements of NPFA 70.
2. See Drawings for control diagram wiring interface.
3. Two-wire control systems are not required for this actuator.
4. Operators shall be RCS, Asahi/America Quarter Master, or equal.
2.4 PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS
A. General
1. Controls
a. Pneumatic cylinder actuators shall be provided complete with every necessary
pneumatic or electro-pneumatic control for the intended actuation of the valve
or gate.
b. Manufacturers, or equal
1) G.H. Bettis/Shafer
2) Fisher Controls
3) Miller Fluid Power
4) Neles-Jamesbury, Inc.
5) Rexroth Corporation
2. Filters, Regulators, and Lubricators: Where required by the service and type of
actuator, filters, regulators, and oil-lubricators shall be provided in the air supply to
the actuator, according to the manufacturer's instructions.
3. Air Supply
a. Pneumatic actuators shall be sized for the available air pressure as indicated
and shall be provided with isolating valves, adjustable filter-regulators, pressure
gauges, and condensate drains. The filter elements shall be replaceable 40-
micron units.
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-6
b. Manufacturers, or equal
1) Fisher Controls
2) Miller Fluid Power
B. Double-Piston Actuators
1. Construction: The actuators shall be of the double-acting cylinder type with
provision for later field conversion to spring-return action. A rack-and-pinion drive
shall provide a 90 degree rotation of the output shaft, which shall be extended to
receive a manual override. The actuator shall be totally enclosed in a hard-
anodized aluminum, ductile-iron, cast-iron, or steel housing. The cylinders and
pistons shall be of hard anodized aluminum or ductile-iron or steel, honed, and
nickel or chrome-plated, or coated with a permanent dry-film lubricant and corrosion-
inhibitor. The rack, pinion, end caps, and tie-rods shall be of hardened carbon steel.
The seals and O-rings shall be Buna N.
2. Manual Override: Each actuator shall be provided with a manual worm-gear
override with declutchable handwheel. The worm-gear construction shall be as
indicated for manual actuators.
3. Manufacturers, or equal
a. G.H. Bettis/Shafer
b. Neles-Jamesbury
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER
A. Field Adjustments: Field representatives of manufacturers of valves or gates with
pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators shall adjust actuator controls and limit-
switches in the field for the required function.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Valve and gate actuators and accessories shall be installed in accordance with Section
15200 - Valves, General. Actuators shall be located to be readily accessible for
operation and maintenance, without obstructing walkways. Actuators shall not be
mounted where shock or vibrations will impair their operation, nor shall the support
systems be attached to handrails, process piping, or mechanical equipment.
B. Buried valves and valve boxes shall be set plumb with the valve box centered on the
operator nut.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15201-7
�z� -
SECTION 15202 - BUTTERFLY VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide butterfly valves and appurtenances, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 11000 — Equipment General Provisions apply to this
Section.
C. The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General apply to this Section.
D. The requirements of Section 15201 - Valve Actuators apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Complete Shop Drawings of butterfly valves and actuators.
2. Drawings showing valve port diameter complete with dimensions, part numbers and
materials of construction.
3. Certification of proof-of-design test from the valve manufacturer.
4. Manufacturer's Certification that the valve complies with all applicable provisions of
AWWA C504 — Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Valves shall be subjected to performance, leakage, and hydrostatic tests in accordance
with procedures and acceptance criteria established by AWWA C504.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 RUBBER SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES 25 TO 150 PSI (AWWA)
A. General: Butterfly valves for steady-state water working pressures and steady-state
differential pressure up to 150 psi and for fresh water service having a pH range from 6
to 10 and temperature range from 33 to 125 degrees F shall conform to AWWA C504
and be as indicated. Valves for steady state working pressures and steady state
differential pressures from 25 to 150 psi in sizes 3-inches through 72-inches shall be
Class 150 with actuator for Class 150 unless indicated otherwise.
B. Valves shall be of the body type, pressure class, end joint, and actuator indicated.
C. Construction: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials of construction shall be in
accordance with AWWA C504, suitable for the service. The seats shall be positively
clamped or bonded into the disc or body of the valve, but cartridge-type seats which rely
on a high coefficient of friction for retention shall not be acceptable.
MWH-07202004 BUTTERFLY VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15202-1
Description Material Standards
Valve Bodies ASTM A 48, Class 40 or Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class
B, or Ductile iron, ASTM A 536, grade 65-45-12 or 70'-,
50-05
End flanges The same material as the valve bodies
Valve shafts Stainless steel ASTM A 276, Type 316
Valve discs The same material as for the valve bodies.
Rubber seats New natural or synthetic rubber
Seat mating Stainless steel, ASTM A 276, Type 316
surfaces
Clamps and Type 316 retaining rings and cap screws.
retaining rings
Valve Self lubricating materials per AWWA C504
bearings
Shaft seals Resilient non-metallic materials suitable for service
Painting and Refer to Section 09800— Protective Coating
coating
D. Manual Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, all manually-actuated butterfly valves
shall be equipped with a handwheel and 2-inch square actuating nut and position
indicator. Screw-type (traveling nut) actuators will not be permitted for valves 30 inches
in diameter and larger.
E. Worm Gear Actuators: Valves, 30 inch and larger, as well as all submerged and buried
valves, shall be equipped with worm-gear actuators, lubricated and sealed to prevent
entry of dirt or water into the housing.
F. Electric Actuators: Electric actuators shall meet the requirements of AWWA C540.
Electric actuators shall be rated to produce output torque of at least 1.5 times the
required valve maximum seating or maximum dynamic torque whichever is greater. For
valves in modulating service with dynamic torque exceeding the seating torque, the
rated output torque of the actuator shall be twice the dynamic torque required by the
valve. Actuator rated torque is defined as pullout torque rated at 10 percent below the
rated voltage of the motor.
G. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. De Zurik Corporation
2. Kennedy Valve
3. M & H Valve Company
MWH-07202004 BUTTERFLY VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15202-2
4. Mueller Company
5. Henry Pratt Company
2.2 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR AIR SERVICE
A. General: Butterfly valves for air systems shall be specifically designed for this service
and meet or exceed the design, strength, performance, and testing standards of AWWA
C504. They shall be suitable for pressures from vacuum to 125 psi and temperatures
from minus 40 degrees F to 250 degrees F.
B. Body: The valve body shall be of cast iron conforming to ASTM A 126 - Gray Iron
Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings, Class B, with either wafer, lug, or
flanged design as indicated, drilled to ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800, Class 125.
C. Disc: The disc shall be of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 - Ductile Iron
Castings, or cast iron conforming to ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings, or ASTM A 126 -
Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings with an edge of monel, Type
316 stainless steel, or nickel. The disc shall be designed with the air-profile'or other
suitable shape. Sprayed or plated disc edges are not acceptable.
D. Seat: The elastomer seat shall be in the body. It shall be field-replaceable without
special tools. Except for use with petroleum-base fluids, the seat material shall be
Ethylene-Propylene-Diene Monomer (EPDM), or other suitable material, to provide a
tight shut-off at the temperatures above.
E. Shaft: The valve shaft shall be of Type 316 or 304 stainless steel with sufficient
strength to allow for the increased torque for air service.
F. Bearings: Shaft bearings shall be of the self-lubricating corrosion-resistant sleeve type.
G. Packing: The packing shall be of the adjustable or self adjustable (O-ring)type, suitable
for the temperature and service conditions.
H. Manual Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, manually-actuated butterfly valves shall
be equipped with a handwheel and 2-inch square actuating nut and position indicator.
Screw-type (traveling nut) actuators will not be permitted for valves 30-inches and larger.
I. Electric Actuators: Electric actuators shall meet the requirements of AWWA C540 and
be in accordance with Section 15201. Electric actuators shall be rated to produce output
torque of at least 1.5 times the required valve maximum seating or maximum dynamic
torque whichever is greater. For valves in modulating service with dynamic torque
exceeding the seating torque, the rated output torque of the actuator shall be twice the
dynamic torque required by the valve. Actuator rated torque is defined as pullout torque
rated at 10 percent below the rated voltage of the motor.
J. Testing: Valves shall be factory leak tested in accordance with AWWA C504.
K. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. De Zurik Corporation
MWH-07202004 BUTTERFLY VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15202-3
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All exposed butterfly valves shall be installed with a means of removing the complete
valve assembly without dismantling the valve or operator. The installation shall be in
accordance with Section 15200.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 BUTTERFLY VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15202-4
SECTION 15203 - CHECK VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide check valves and appurtenances, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 SWING CHECK VALVES (3-INCH AND LARGER)
A. General: Swing check valves for water, sewage, sludge, and general service shall be of
the outside lever and spring or weight type, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 508 -
Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. through 24 in. NPS, unless otherwise
indicated, with full-opening passages, designed for a water-working pressure of 150 psi.
They shall have a flanged cover piece to provide access to the disc.
B. Body: The valve body and cover shall be of cast iron conforming to ASTM A 126 - Gray
Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings, with flanged ends conforming to
ANSI/ASME B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250,
and 800, or mechanical joint ends, as indicated.
C. Disc: The valve disc shall be of cast iron, ductile iron, or bronze conforming to ASTM B
584 — Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications.
D. Seat and Rings: The valve seat and rings shall be of bronze to conforming ASTM B
584 or B 148 - Aluminum-Bronze Castings, or of Buna-N.
E. Hinge Pin: The hinge pin shall be of bronze or stainless steel.
F. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. American Flow Control (Darling)
2. APCO (Valve and Primer Corp.)
3. Kennedy Valve
4. Mueller Company
5. Stockham Valves and Fittings
6. Golden Anderson
MWH-07202004 CHECK VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15203-1
2.2 SWING CHECK VALVES (2-1/2-INCH AND SMALLER)
A. General: Swing check valves for steam, water, oil, or gas in sizes 2-1/2 inch and
smaller shall be suitable for a steam pressure of 150 psi and a cold water pressure of
300 psi. They shall have screwed ends, unless otherwise indicated, and screwed caps.
B. Body: The valve body and cap shall be of bronze conforming to ASTM B 763 — Copper
Alloy Sand Castings for Valve Application, or ASTM B 584 with threaded ends
conforming to ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch).
C. Disc: Valves for steam service shall have bronze or brass discs conforming to ASTM B
16 - Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines, and for cold
water, oil, and gas service replaceable composition discs.
D. Hinge Pin: The hinge pins shall be of bronze or stainless steel.
E. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Crane Company
2. Milwaukee Valve Company
3. Stockham Valves and Fittings
4. Wm. Powell Company
2.3 INTERNAL SPRING-LOADED CHECK VALVES (GLOBE STYLE)
A. General: Internal spring-loaded check valves for water pumps, compressors, gas, air,
and steam shall be of the full-flow internal spring-loaded poppet type. The valves shall
be designed for a water-working pressure of not less than 150 psi unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Body: The bodies of valves 3-inch and larger shall be of cast iron conforming to ASTM
A 126 with 125 lb flanged ends conforming to ASME B 16.1 unless otherwise indicated.
Where necessary, there shall be a positive, watertight seal between the removable seat
and the valve body. The stem guide shall be integrally cast with the body or screwed
into the body.
C. Valves smaller than 3-inches shall have bronze bodies with screwed ends conforming to
ASME B 1.201, suitable for a minimum working pressure of 200 psi, and a temperature
of 250 degrees F, unless otherwise indicated. The type of bronze shall be suitable for
the intended service.
D. Disc and Stem: The disc and stem of all valves in sizes 3-inch and larger shall be of
bronze conforming to ASTM B 584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications, or stainless steel. The stem shall have 2 point bearings. The downstream
bearing shall have a bronze or other suitable bushing, to provide a smooth operation.
E. Valves smaller than 3-inches shall have discs and retaining rings of Teflon, nylon, or
other suitable material, and stems of bronze, brass, or stainless steel, suitable for the
intended service.
F. Stem Guide: The stem guide shall be either firmly fixed in the valve body to prevent it
from sliding into the adjacent pipe and damaging the pipe lining, or the valve
MWH-07202004 CHECK VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15203-2
manufacturer shall furnish each valve with one matching flange compatible with the
adjacent pipe and its lining to prevent damage to the lining. The compatible flange shall
be part of the Shop Drawing submittal.
G. Seat: Valves for general service at temperatures up to 250 degrees F shall have bubble-
tight shut-off with resilient seats of Buna-N, Teflon, or other suitable material. Valves for
steam service and temperatures over 250 degrees F shall have metal-to-metal seating
of bronze or stainless steel, as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific
service condition. Resilient seats shall be firmly attached to the seating ring by
compression-molding or other acceptable method.
H. Spring: Valves in sizes 3-inch and larger shall have Type 316 stainless steel springs,
and valves smaller than 3-inch shall have stainless steel or beryllium copper springs, as
suitable for the service. The spring tension of the valves shall be designed for the
individual pressure condition of each valve.
I. Manufacturers, or Equal
1'. APCO (Valve and Primer Corp.)
2. CPV (Combination Pump Valve Company)
3. Miller Valve Co., Inc.
4. VAL-MATIC (Valve and Manufacturing Corporation)
2.4 PLASTIC BALL CHECK VALVES
A. General: Plastic ball check valves for corrosive fluids, in sizes up to 4-inch, shall be
used for vertical up-flow conditions only, unless the valves are provided with spring
actions.
B. Construction: The valve bodies and balls shall be of polyvinyl chloride (PVC),
chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), or polypropylene
(PP) construction, as best suited for each individual service condition. They shall have
unions with socket connections, or flanged ends conforming to ASME B16.5 - Pipe
Flanges and Flanged Fittings, class 150. Seals shall have Viton O-rings, and valve
design shall minimize possibility of the balls sticking or chattering. The valves shall be
suitable for a maximum working non-shock pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F.
C. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. ASAHI-AMERICA
2. George Fischer, Inc.
3. NIBCO Inc. (Chemtrol Division)
4. Spears Mfg. Co. (PVC, CPVC, AND PP only)
2.5 PLASTIC SWING OR WYE-CHECK VALVES
A. General: Plastic swing or wye-check valves for corrosive fluids, in sizes up to 8 inches
or as available, may be used for horizontal or vertical up-flow conditions.
MWH-07202004 CHECK VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15203-3
B. Construction: The valve bodies and discs or piston shall be of PVC, PP, or PVDF
construction, as best suited for each individual service condition. They shall have
flanged ends conforming to ASME B16.5 Class 150, and flanged top access covers, and
they shall shut positively at no-flow conditions. The seats and seals shall be of EPDM,
Teflon, or Viton. The PVC valves shall be rated for a maximum non-shock working
pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F for sizes 3-inch and smaller. For larger sizes and
other materials and temperatures the pressure rating may be lower.
C. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. ASAHI-AMERICA
2. George Fischer, Inc.
3. Spears Mfg. Co. (Plastic Swing Check only)
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15200 -Valves,
General.
- END OF SECTION —
MWH-07202004 CHECK VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15203-4
SECTION 15204 - BALL VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide ball valves and appurtenances, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 -Valves, General apply to this Section.
C. The requirements of Section 15201 - Valve and Gate Actuators apply to this Section.
D. The requirements of Section 11258 - Chemical Feeding Equipment, General apply to
this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200 Valves,
General.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL BALL VALVES (4-INCH AND SMALLER)
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, general purpose metal ball valves in sizes up to 4-
inch shall have actuators in accordance with Section 15201 - Valve and Gate Actuators.
B. Body: Ball valves up to 1-1/2-inch (incl.) in size shall have bronze or carbon steel 2-or
3-piece bodies with screwed ends for a pressure rating of not less than 600 psi WOG.
Valves 2-inch to 4-inch in size shall have bronze or carbon steel 2-or 3-piece bodies with
flanged ends for a pressure rating of ANSI 125 psi or 150 psi unless otherwise indicated.
C. Balls: The balls shall be solid chrome-plated brass or bronze, or stainless steel, with
standard port (single reduction) or full port openings.
D. Stems: The valve stems shall be of the blow-out proof design, of bronze, stainless
steel, or other acceptable construction, with reinforced Teflon seal.
E. Seats: The valve seats shall be of Teflon or Buna-N, for bi-directional service and easy
replacement.
F. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Conbraco Industries, Inc. (Apollo)
2. ITT Engineered Valves
3. Neles-Jamesbury, Inc.
4. Watts Regulator
5. Worcester Controls
MWH-07202004 BALL VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15204-1
2.2 PLASTIC BALL VALVES FOR SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SERVICE
A. General: Plastic ball valves for sodium hypochlorite service shall be made of polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) or chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) as recommended by the
Manufacturer for the specific application. Valves shall have manual actuators in
accordance with Section 15201 - Valve and Gate Actuators, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction: Plastic ball valves shall have union ends for easy removal. The balls
shall have full size ports with a vent to the pressure port opposite the downstream
sealing port and fluorocarbon rubber (FPM) seats. The hollow ball shall vent to the
upstream side of the valve to prevent entrapment of hypochlorite in the ball when the
valve is closed. Body seals, union O-ring seals, and stem seals shall be in accordance
With the corrosion resistance requirements of Section 11258. External (without entering
into the wetted area) seat packing adjustment is preferred. Metal reinforced stems to
prevent accidental breakage are preferred. The valves shall be suitable for a maximum
working non-shock pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F for PVC and CPVC, with
decreasing ratings for higher temperatures and other plastics.
C. Manufacturers, or Equal
1: NIBCO Inc., (Chemtrol, Bleach Ball Valve)
2.3 PLASTIC BALL VALVES FOR OTHER CORROSIVE FLUIDS
A. General: Plastic ball valves for corrosive fluids shall be made of polyvinyl chloride
(PVC), chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), polypropylene (PP), or polyvinylidene
fluoride (PVDF), as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application.
Valves shall have manual actuators in accordance with Section 15201 - ValvP and C�atP
Actuators, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction: Plastic ball valves shall have union ends or flanged ends to mate with
ANSI B 16.5, class 150 flanges for easy removal. The balls shall have full size ports and
teflon seats. Body seals, union O-ring seals, and stem seals shall be in accordance with
the corrosion resistance requirements of Section 11258. External (without entering into
the wetted area) seat packing adjustment is preferred. Metal reinforced stems to
prevent accidental breakage are preferred. The valves shall be suitable for a maximum
working non-shock pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F for PVC and CPVC, with
decreasing ratings for higher temperatures and other plastics.
C. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. ASAHI-America
2. George Fischer, Inc.
3. NIBCO Inc., (Chemtrol)
4. Plast-O-Matic Valves, Inc.
5. Spears Mfg. Co.
6. Watts Regulator
MWH-07202004 BALL VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15204-2
PART 3 --EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 15200. Care shall be taken that
valves in plastic lines are well supported at each end of the valve.
- END OF SECTION-
_1
=_l
J
J
J
J
J
MWH-07202004 BALL VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15204-3
i
N
• 4
r I
fI
I • �s
I •
SECTION 15206 - GATE VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide gate valves and appurtenances, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General apply to this Section.
C. The requirements of Section 15201 - Valve and Gate Actuators apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200 - Valves,
General.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Buried valves shall be of the inside screw, non-rising stem type. The valve actuators
shall be as indicated, with counter-clockwise opening stems, in accordance with Section
15201.
2.2 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES (3- to 16-inch)
A. Construction: Resilient-seated gate valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C 509 -
Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Service. The valves shall be
suitable for a design working water pressure of 200 psig, with flanged, bell and spigot, or
mechanical joint ends as indicated on the Drawings. The valve body, bonnet, and disc
shall be of cast iron or ductile iron and the disc or body shall be rubber-coated. Body and
bonnet wall thickness shall be equal to or greater than the minimum wall thickness as
listed in Table 2 of ANSI/AWWA C509. The stem, stem nuts, glands, and bushings shall
be of bronze, and the stem seal shall be of the O-ring type with two such seals per
ANSI/AWWA C 509.
B. Protective Coating: Valves shall be factory painted and coated in accordance with
Section 09800 - Protective Coating. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a test report from
a coating inspector that the coating is holiday-free. The CONTRACTOR shall be aware
that it may retain the services of a third party coating applicator to achieve the holiday-
free requirement.
C. Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, resilient-seated gate valves shall have manual
actuators in accordance with Section 15201 - Valve and Gate Actuators.
D. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. M & H Valve Company
2. Mueller Company
MWH-07202004 GATE VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15206-1
2.3 GATE VALVES (SMALLER THAN 3-INCH)
A. Construction: Gate valves smaller than 3-inch, for general purpose use, shall be non-
rising stem, heavy-duty type for industrial service, with screwed or soldered ends to
match the piping. The bodies shall have union bonnets of bronze conforming to ASTM B
62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. The stems shall be of bronze
conforming to ASTM B 62, or ASTM B 371 - Copper-Zinc-Silicon Alloy Rod. The solid
wedges shall be of bronze conforming to ASTM B 62. The valves shall have malleable
iron handwheels, unless otherwise indicated, and stem seals shall be of Teflon-
impregnated or other acceptable non-asbestos packing. Valves shall have a pressure
rating of minimum 125 psi steam, and 200 psi coldwater, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Crane Company
2. Milwaukee Valve Company
3. Wm. Powell Company
4. Stockham Valves and-Fittings
5. Walworth Company
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Gate valves shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Section 15200. Care
shall be taken that valves in plastic lines are well supported at each end of the valve.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 GATE VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15206-2
SECTION 15209 - DIAPHRAGM VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide diaphragm valves and appurtenances, complete and
operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 -Valves, General apply to this Section.
C. The requirements of Section 15201 -Valve Actuators apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals and Section
15200 -Valves, General.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction: Diaphragm valves shall be of the weir type, unless otherwise indicated, and
be of the material combination best-suited for each individual application. They shall be
suited for bi-directional throttling service and installation in any position, with bubble-tight
shut-off. Valves on outlets and drain nozzles of storage tanks shall have lined metal bodies.
B. Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, all diaphragm valves shall have manual hand-wheel
actuators with position indicators and transparent plastic stem covers of clear acrylic,
polycarbonate, or similar material. Valve actuators shall be in accordance with Section
15201. The handwheels shall be of cast-iron, aluminum, or polypropylene.
2.2 PLASTIC BODY DIAPHRAGM VALVES
A. Construction: Unless otherwise indicated, valve bodies shall be of PVC, CPVC, PP, or
PVDF construction, as best-suited for each individual service, with union ends, socket-
welded ends, or flanged ends to ANSI/ASME B16.5 — Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,
drilled to 150-pound dimensions, as indicated. The valve bonnets shall be flanged and of
PVC, PP, or PVDF construction. The valve compressor stem shall be the same material as
the valve body or of a material compatible with the fluid service. The bolts, nuts, and
washers shall be of stainless steel and the stem and bonnet seals of Viton or Buna-N 0-
rings as compatible with the fluid service. Valves in sizes '/2-inch through 4-inch shall have
a pressure rating of 150 psi at 73 degrees F, diminishing to not less than 50 psi for larger
sizes.
B. Diaphragm: The diaphragms of all valves shall be of the best-suitable material for any
given service. Unless otherwise recommended by the Manufacturer,the diaphragm material
shall be chlorosulfonated polyethylene such as Hypalon or equal. All diaphragms shall be of
rugged, reinforced construction, be oil resistant, and be designed for long life.
MWH-07202004 DIAPHRAGM VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15209-1
C. Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. ASAHI/America;
2. George Fischer, Inc. (+GF+);
3. ITT Dia-Flo (Grinnell);
4. Mc Canna, Inc.
5. Spears Mfg. Co.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15200. Care shall be
taken lltat all valves in plastic lines are well-supported at each end of the valve.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 DIAPHRAGM VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15209-2
SECTION 15215 - PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide pressure reducing valves and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General, apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200, including
a cavitation study from the valve manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Function: Pressure reducing valves shall reduce a higher upstream pressure to a pre-
set, lower, constant pressure, regardless of fluctuations in the upstream pressure.
B. Operation: The valves shall be hydraulically operated, with diaphragm or piston direct
action, pilot-controlled. All necessary repairs shall be possible without removing the
valves from the pipeline. The smaller direct-acting valves with threaded ends per
paragraph 2.3, shall be suitable for water or air service and shall be of the globe
patterns.
2.2 THREADED VALVES, SIZES 1/2 TO 2-1/2 INCHES
A. Valve Body: The valve body shall be bronze to ASTM B 62 or cast steel, with a
minimum pressure rating of 300 psi, and with threaded ends. The valve shall be
provided with an integral or an attached strainer with access cap or plug and a flanged
or threaded valve cover. The valve shall be actuated by a diaphragm or piston.
B. Valve Trim: The valve stems, springs, body seats, and washers shall be of Series 300
stainless steel: The strainers shall be of stainless steel or monel and the diaphragms
shall be of reinforced neoprene. The valve pistons and piston liners shall be bronze to
ASTM B 62.
C. Operating Conditions: The valve shall be designed to operate under the following
conditions:
1. Maximum inlet pressure (psi) - 70
2. Minimum inlet pressure (psi) - 50
3. Minimum outlet pressure (psi) - 25
4. Maximum flow (gpm) - 10
5. Valve size (inches dia.) - Various. See Drawings.
MWH-07202004 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15215-1
D. Spare Parts: The following spare parts shall be furnished in accordance with Section
15200:
1. One set of all resilient seals and discs
2. One diaphragm (for diaphragm valves, only)
E. Manufacturers, or equal
1. Cla-Val Company
2. Fisher Controls
3. GA Industries
4. Watts, ACV
5. Wilkins Regulator Div. (Zurn Industries)
PART 3-- EXFCUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15200.
3.2 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURERS
A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: The service representative of the valve
manufacturer shall be present at the Site for 1 work day, to assist the CONTRACTOR in
the installation and adjustment of the valve(s).
B. Instruction of OWNERS Personnel: The training representative of the valve
manufacturer shall be present at the Slte for 1 work day to instruct the personnel in the
operation, adjustment, and maintenance of the valve(s).
C. For the purpose of this paragraph, a workday is defined as an eight hour period,
excluding travel time.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07202004 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15215-2
SECTION 15230 - MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide miscellaneous valves and appurtenances, complete
and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 -Valves, General, apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 AIR-VACUUM AND AIR-RELEASE VALVES
A. Air and Vacuum Valves: Air and vacuum valves shall be capable of venting large
quantities of air while pipelines are being filled, and allowing air to re-enter while pipelines
are being drained. They shall be of the size indicated, with flanged or screwed ends to
match piping. Bodies shall be of high-strength cast iron. The float, seat, and all moving
parts shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel. Seat washers and gaskets shall be
of a material insuring water tightness with a minimum of maintenance. Valves shall be
designed for minimum 150 psi water-working pressure, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Air-Release Valves: Air-release valves shall vent accumulating air while system is in
service under pressure and be of the size indicated. Valves shall meet the same
general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves except that the vacuum
feature will not be required. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water-working
pressure of 150 psi, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Combination Air Valves: Combination air valves shall combine the characteristics of air
and vacuum valves and air release valves by exhausting accumulated air in systems
under pressure and releasing or re-admitting large quantities of air while a system is
being filled or drained, respectively. Valves shall have the same general requirements
as indicated for air and vacuum valves. Combination air valves shall be standard single
body APCO Model 145C, or equal.
D. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. APCO (Valve and Primer Corporation)
2. Crispin - Multiplex Manufacturing Company
3. GA Industries
4. Val-Matic (Valve and Manufacturing Corporation)
MWH-07212004 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15230-1
2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTER VALVES
A. General: Backflow preventers shall work on the reduced pressure principle. They shall
consist of 2 spring-loaded check valves, automatic differential pressure relief valve, drain
valves, and tightly closing resilient seated non rising stem shut-off valves. The body
material shall be bronze or cast iron for a working pressure of not less than 150 psi, with
bronze or stainless steel trim. Drain lines with air gaps and non rising stem ball valve
test cocks shall be provided. The backflow preventer valves shall be in accordance with
AWWA C511 standard. Installation of backflow prevention units shall meet all local code
requirements.
B. Reduced pressure backflow assemblies shall be approved for use by the Washington
State Department of Health. The CONTRACTOR shall select and install backflow
preventers from a list of accepted cross-connection control assemblies published by the
Department of Health.
C. Backflow preventers for automatic fire extinguishing systems shall be as specified in
Section 15151 —Wet Pipe Sprinkler System.
2.3 CORPORATION STOPS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, corporation stops shall be made of solid brass for key
operation, with screwed ends with corporation thread or iron pipe thread, as required.
B. Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc.
2. James Jones Company (Watts, ACV)
3. Mueller Company
2.4 SOLENOID VALVES
A. Solenoid valves shall be of the size, type, and class indicated and shall be designed for
not less than 150 psi water-working pressure. Valves for water, air, or gas service shall
have brass or bronze body with screwed ends, stainless steel trim and spring, Teflon or
other resilient seals with material best suited for the temperature and fluid handled.
Unless otherwise indicated, for chemicals and all corrosive fluids, solenoid valves with
PVC, CPVC, polypropylene (PP), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), or Teflon materials of
construction, suitable for the specific application shall be provided. Enclosures shall be
NEMA rated in accordance with the area designations of Section 16050 - Electrical
Work, General. All coil ratings shall be for continuous duty. For electrical characteristics
see electrical drawings or specifications.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. For general duty
a. Automatic Switch Co. (ASCO), Model "RED HAT"
b. Skinner Valve (Parker Hannifin Corporation)
c. Magnatrol Valve Corporation
MWH-07212004 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15230-2
d. J. D. Gould Co.
2. Plastic valves for chemicals and corrosive fluids
a. +GF+ Plastic Systems, Inc.
b. Spears Mfg. Co.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Backflow preventers shall be installed in potable water lines where required by
applicable codes or regulations, and wherever there is any danger of contamination, and
where indicated.
B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed
recommendations, and with provisions of Section 15200—Valves, General.
C. Backflow preventers, as well as air and vacuum release valves, shall have piped outlets
to the nearest acceptable drain, firmly supported, and installed in such a way as to avoid
splashing and wetting of floors and obstruction of traffic.
D. Backflow preventers shall be tested by an approved tester. A list of approved testers is
available through the Washington Environmental Training Resource Center. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit the testing certificate to the OWNER for approval.
- END OF SECTION -
1
MWH-07212004 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15230-3
' � a
A
SECTION 15235 - FIRE HYDRANTS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide fire hydrants, complete and operable, including all
appurtenances and accessories, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
PART 2 ,- PRODUCTS
2.1 DRY-BARREL FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Construction: Unless otherwise shown, all hydrants shall be of the dry-barrel, "Traffic
Model" type according to ANSI/AWWA C 502, with a minimum of one 4-1/2-inch pumper
port outlet with a 5-inch STORZ 1/4-turn fitting, two 2-1/2-inch outlets, and a 6-inch
diameter inlet. All outport threads shall be National Standard thread. The valve opening
shall be 5-1/4 inch diameter. The barrel shall have a cast iron breakaway section above
ground and a lower barrel of ductile iron, with a 6-inch mechanical joint shoe connection
at the base. The stem shall have a breaker flange. Each hydrant shall be isolated by an
individual, buried gate valve, with cast iron box and cover as shown on the Drawings and
specified elsewhere. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall be of Type 316 stainless steel.
The hydrants shall be tested to 300 psig and they shall be suitable for a working
pressure of 150 psig. All interior and exterior surfaces shall be coated with 2 coats of
high gloss Caterpillar Yellow Preservative 43-616 type paint.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. M&H Valve Co. Reliant Style 929
2. Clow Medallion
3. Mueller Centurion
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All fire hydrants shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published
recommendations, AWWA Standards, and all applicable codes, and the applicable
provisions of Section 15200 - Valves, General. All installations shall be to the
satisfaction of the local fire and building department and the OWNER. All hydrants shall
be bagged until system is approved.
B. All hydrants with other than flanged inlets shall be installed with a concrete thrust block,
calculated for the maximum expected water pressure. Dry-Barrel fire hydrants shall be
set on a pad of Type E material (pea gravel) not less than 4-inches deep and 3-feet
square, for drainage, or as required by local regulations and conditions.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-071404 FIRE HYDRANTS
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15235-1
- _ _
- A�
�� • • .
- • - . - - . .
I • � �
� 1
. ', �
• . • Yt
�� -'
• • i' r
- , � -
� � , -_
' ,
►'
• • ,
� � , � I -
r
- � � �
. t'
. i - �
.•
y.
SECTION 15430 — PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide plumbing and specialties, complete and operable, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. General arrangement drawings of system components.
2. Catalog cuts and other manufacturer information for products.
C. Samples: electrically-fused test joint for drainage and vent piping.
1.3 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. All work shall be in strict accordance with the Plumbing Code, and codes of the State of
Washington, City of Arlington, and any other authorities having jurisdiction. The
CONTRACTOR shall have required certifications and be thoroughly familiar with the
local codes. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits.
B. Care shall be taken at all times to protect floors, stairways, and walls during the make-
up and installation of piping and equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall remove all stains
and repair all damage before final acceptance of the work.
C. If the ENGINEER finds materials that have identifying marks removed or lack such
marks completely, such items will be rejected until the CONTRACTOR has furnished
proof that said items conform to the Specifications. Adequacy and extent of such proof
will be determined by the ENGINEER.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Plumbing piping, fixtures, specialties, and equipment shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer for the intended usage.
B. Floor drains or floor sinks shall be provided for all equipment drains. No equipment
drains shall discharge to floor slabs.
2.2 PIPING AND FITTINGS
A. All cast iron sanitary, storm, and vent pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in
accordance with and shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-1
and Fittings. Dimensions of cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be as given in Table 2 of
ASTM A 74.
B. Hub-Less cast iron soil pipe and fittings with Clamp-All type pipe couplings, or equal,
shall be used for above ground sanitary, storm, and vent piping where approved for use
by local authorities. Hub-Less cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall meet CISPI Standard
301. Pipe couplings shall have hi-torque capacity and meet FM standard 1680.
C. Copper tubing and fittings for potable and service water 3-inches and smaller shall be
Type K copper tube with soldered fittings.
D. Vent piping passing through the roof shall be flashed. Flashing shall extend a minimum
12 inches from the outer surface of the pipe in all directions. Flashing shall be
fabricated from 4-pound lead sheet.
E. All drainage and vent piping from equipment in the laboratories shall be acid resistant
polypropylene. P-trap joints shall be screwed with polypropylene compression ring
wedge to form an acid-tight connection per the manufacturer's recommendation. Plain
end joints shall be electrically-fused slip-on fittings. Fusion welding procedure shall be
-per- the- manufacturer recommendations, and a test -joint shall be prepared to
demonstrate the fusion quality. Submit the test joint prior to final installation of the
piping system. Where acid drains are located above an office space, provide a Type
316 stainless steel drip pan with drain to a safe location designated by the ENGINEER.
Drainage piping from sinks and equipment shall extend through deep seal polypropylene
traps and terminate in the main sanitary sewer. The piping shall follow local code
requirements for combination waste and vent systems and for floor drains and sinks.
The piping shall be flame retardant propylene with mechanical joints as manufactured by
Lab-Line/Enfield, or equal.
2.3 INSULATION
A. All hot and cold water piping, valves, fittings, and exposed horizontal sanitary, storm,
and vent piping shall be provided with one-inch thick insulation in accordance with
Section 15145 - Pipe and Equipment Insulation.
B. Cover valves, flanges, fittings and ends of insulation with a pre-molded high and low
temperature PVC fitting cover or end cap, or similar preformed units. The pre-formed
covers shall be sized to receive the same thickness of insulation as used in the adjacent
piping and shall be in accordance with Section 15145 - Pipe and Equipment Insulation.
C. Exposed supply and drain piping for lavatories shall be insulated under the wash basins
to prevent burns and abrasions to handicapped persons. Removable insulated covers
shall be Plumberex Specialty Products Handy-Shield type, or equal.
2.4 HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORK
A. General: For utility piping such as hot water, cold water, compressed and vacuum air
and and sanitary drain lines inside the building, the CONTRACTOR shall provide
hangers and supports for vertical, axial, and seismic loads in accordance with Code. No
perforated strap hangers and no wire supports will be permitted. The CONTRACTOR
shall obtain the services of a registered mechanical or structural professional engineer
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-2
for design of the supports, and the Shop Drawings showing installation shall be stamped
by the engineer. Pipe supports shall be as indicated in Section 15006 - Pipe Supports.
B. Hangers supporting insulated piping shall be sized to fit the pipe plus the insulation.
Insulation at support points shall be provided with metal shields to prevent damage to
the insulation.
C. Spacing
1. Pipe support spacing for steel and cast iron pipe is given in Section 15006 - Pipe
Supports.
2. Copper pipe support spacing shall be not more than 6-feet between supports.
D. Rod sizes for pipe hangers shall be as recommended by the hanger manufacturer.
E. Pipe hangers used to support uninsulated copper tube shall be copper or copper plated.
F. Vertical piping shall be supported at the base with fittings made for this purpose or be
supported from the nearest horizontal member or floor with a riser extension pipe clamp.
G. Anchors that are installed into existing concrete shall be Grinnel Figure 117, Modern
Figure 740, or equal expansion case inserts. Drill clean holes for insertion of case and
patch concrete around hole as required.
H. Continuous slotted concrete inserts, if used, shall be Crawford Figure 148, Fee &
Mason Figure 9000, or equal. The CONTRACTOR shall provide secondary angle
supports between main inserts to handle the loads which can be properly supported by
such arrangement.
I. Concrete inserts shall be as indicated in Section 15006 - Pipe Supports. All inserts shall
be galvanized.
2.5 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, one size larger than the pipe
passing through, or where pipe is insulated, one size larger than the pipe plus insulation.
B. At exposed wall or ceiling surfaces, the CONTRACTOR shall install a suitable chromium
plated brass wall plate approved by the ENGINEER.
2.6 VALVES
A. General: All water shut off valves shall be the gate type, except on fixture supply piping
where globe valves shall be used.
B. All interior hose valves shall be provided as indicated. The hose nipple shall be a
female iron pipe thread inlet with hose thread outlet. All hose bibbs shall be 3/4-inch in
size.
C. Gate, ball, check, plug, and angle valves shall be in accordance with the following:
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-3
1. Section 15206 - Gate Valves.
2. Section 15204— Ball Valves.
3. Section 15203 - Check Valves.
4. Section 15207 - Plug Valves.
5. Section 15200 — Valves, General.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide shutoff valves on cold water piping at entrances to
pipe chases and other inaccessible areas and wherever indicated or required to obtain
the maximum efficiency for shut-off control on the water system. Shut off valves shall
be placed on all hot and cold water connections to equipment and fixtures. Lavatory
and sink stops with wheel handle shall be brass with chrome plating. Extra long barrel
stops shall be used where supply piping is concealed behind partitions.
E. Valves shall open by turning counterclockwise and shall have suitable handwheels or
nuts as required.
F. Provide a temperature and pressure relief waive of bronze for each water Beater.
Provide pressure relief valves at other locations where indicated. Relief valves shall be
equipped with manual test levers. The CONTRACTOR shall provide piping to convey
relief valve discharge to the nearest floor drain, the building exterior, or as approved by
the ENGINEER.
2.7 ACCESS DOORS AND COVERS
A. Access doors, where required in ceilings for access to valves, controls, and other
equipment, shall be Karp Assoc., Style DSC-210, Inryco-Milcor, Style AT, or equal.
Doors shall be of sufficient size to allow access but shall be not less than 12 inches by
12 inches. Ceilings with lay-in acoustical tile will not require access panels. Valves and
equipment located above ceiling tile shall have a 3/4-inch diameter blue plastic button
with a letter "V" set in tile.
B. Floor access covers in unfinished concrete floors not exposed to chemicals shall be
galvanized cast iron with a clear opening of not less than 8 inches by 8 inches, and shall
be as manufactured by Alhambra Foundry Company, Model A-2015; Neenah
Foundry Co., No.R-6687, or equal. In traffic or chemical areas, access covers shall be
as manufactured by Alhambra Foundry Company, Model A-1240; Neenah Foundry
Co., Model R-1977, or equal, with clear opening of not less than 10 inches in diameter.
2.8 ROOF DRAINS
A. Roof drains shall have galvanized cast iron drain bodies, threaded outlet, removable
locking mushroom aluminum or brass stone stainers, clamping collars with integral
gravel guards, receiver, deck clamp and extension sleeves where required.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Josam Mfg. Co., Series 21500;
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-4
2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Fig. 1010;
3. Zurn Industries, Inc., Series Z-100.
2.9 FLOOR DRAINS IN TILED FLOORS
A. General: Floor drains in shower rooms and other finished or tiled floors shall be
provided with a 5-inch nickel-bronze strainer and cast iron body in the sizes indicated,
and where located on upper floors, a clamping collar with 4-lb sheet lead flashing, 12-
inch minimum all around.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Josam Mfg. Co., Series 30 000-A;
2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Fig. 2010-A;
3. Zurn Industries, Inc., Series ZN-415-C.
2.10 FLOOR DRAINS IN CONCRETE FLOORS
A. General: Floor drains in concrete floors shall be of cast iron, in the sizes indicated, with
sediment buckets. Each floor drain located on an upper floor shall have a clamping
collar, with 4-lb sheet lead flashing, 12 inches minimum all around.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Josam Mfg. Co., Series 31120;
2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Fig. 2350;
3. Zurn Industries, Inc., Series Z-520-Y.
2.11 FLOOR DRAINS IN CHEMICAL AREAS
A. General: Floor drains in chemical handling areas subject to corrosive liquids shall be
made of high silicon content corrosion-resistant cast iron with NO-HUB mechanical
joints, in the sizes indicated. Thermoplastic floor drains are not acceptable.
B. Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Flowserve Corp., Model 5502-CB, for slab-on-grade drains.
2. Flowserve Corp., Model 5501-CBF, for drains on upper floors.
2.12 FLOOR SINKS
A. General: Floor sinks shall be 12-inch by 12-inch by 8-inch, of acid-resistant white
enameled cast iron, with epoxy-coated, interior aluminum dome strainer, nickel-bronze
or acid-resistant full-size, half, or quarter grating as required by the number of indirect
wastes, and have a flashing clamp for upper floor locations, only. Thermoplastic floor
sinks are not acceptable.
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-5
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Josam Mfg. Co., Series 49040;
2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., 3150 Series;
3. Zurn Industries, Inc., Series ZN-1806.
2.13 TRAP SEALS AND PRIMERS
A. Where required by code, floor drains and floor sinks connected to the sanitary sewer
shall be protected by trap primers connected to the water supply to the nearest
plumbing fixture. One half-inch copper tubes shall run from the primers to the traps.
Trap primers shall be mounted in accessible locations. Trap primers shall be Josam
Mfg. Co., Model 88250; Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Model 2699; Zurn Industries, Inc.,
Model Z-1022, or equal.
2.14 CLEANOUTS
A. General: All cleanouts shall be heavy plugs with tapered shoulders against caulked
lead or heavy brass plugs. Where underground or concealed, cleanouts shall be
brought to floor level and to accessible locations with access covers and frames.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal: The following cleanouts, or equal, shall be provided:
Josam Series J.R. Smith No. Zurn No.
Exposed Locations 58500-20 4405 Z-1440-A
Underground (finished floors) 56010/30 4143 ZN-1400-2
Walls, Concealed 58790-20 4535 ZN-1445-1-A
Traffic Areas 56070 4240 Z-1420-27
C. All clean outs shall have a minimum diameter of 3 inches.
D. Stack cleanouts shall be installed at the base of each stack. Cleanouts shall be
galvanized cast iron with ABS plastic cleanout plugs.
2.15 HOSE BIBBS AND HYDRANTS
A. General: All hose bibbs and hydrants in exposed locations subject to freezing shall be
the non-freeze type. Hose bibbs connected to a non-potable water supply shall be
provided with plastic or stainless-steel warning signs "DO NOT DRINK," in clearly legible
letters, and permanently attached at the hose bibb. Where indicated, hose bibbs shall
be provided with vacuum breakers as furnished by Crane Co., American Standard, or
equal.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal:
Dwg.
Callout Fixture Type Description
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-6
HB-1 Non-freeze Post-type Exposed bronze hydrant, post-type, depth of
bury to suit local conditions; minimum 4 feet.
1. Woodward Manufacturing Co., Model
Iowa Y1
HB-2 Non-freeze wall-type Heavy duty bronze hydrant with nickel-bronze
face, hinged cover, recessed box, and key.
Length to suit wall.
1. Josam Mfg. Co., Series 71000
2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Fig. 5510/5511
3. Zurn Industries, Inc., Fig. ZA300.
HB-3 Hose valves Heavy duty bronze hydrant, with composition
disc, handwheel, cap and chain.
Sizes 1 1/2-inch and 2 1/2 inch:
1. Fire-End and Croker Corp, Model 180
Size 1-inch, without cap and'chain:
1. Apollo (Conbraco Industries, Inc.), Model
70-805
2. Fire-End and Croker Corp, Model 180
Size 3/4-inch, without cap and chain:
1. Apollo (Conbraco Industries, Inc.) Model
70-804, or 78-104
2. Chicago Faucet No.7T
3. Ford Meter Box Co., Model B8H-233HB2
4. Woodford Manufacturing Co., Model Y24
or 24P
HB-4 Wall box type Recessed, with nickel-bronze box, hinged cover,
and key.
1. Josam Mfg. Co., Series 71020
2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., Series 5710
3. Zurn Industries, Inc., Fig. Z-1345
2.16 SHOCK ABSORBERS
A. All cold and hot water piping in buildings connecting to self-closing faucets, quick-action
valves, water closets, emergency showers, washers, and dishwashers shall be
protected by shock absorbers located at each fixture or battery of fixtures. Shock
absorbers shall be corrosion-resistant, permanently sealed, and shall be sized and
installed to the manufacturer's printed recommendations.
B. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Josam "SHOKTROLS";
2. Jay R. Smith "HYDROTROL";
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-7
3. Zurn, Model Z-1022.
2.17 WALL-MOUNTED HOSE RACKS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide wall-mounted hose racks at locations indicated.
Racks shall be all welded steel construction, of minimum 8-gage sheet steel, hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication, and shall have a capacity to hold 100 feet of 3/4-inch or 1-
1/2-inch hose. Where racks are located in the open, they shall be supported from two 2-
by 2- by 1/4-inch galvanized steel angle posts set in a concrete base or as indicated.
2.18 HOSES AND NOZZLES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the following lengths of hose:
3-75 ft lengths of 3/4-inch hose
B. Each length of hose shall be provided with male and female connectors and nozzle.
Hoses shall be seamless extruded rubber with dacron cotton exterior designed for a
working pressure of at least 200 psi.
C. Nozzles shall be capable of complete shut-off and shall produce a solid straight stream
and up to a 90-degree conical fog. Nozzle material shall be polished brass. Nozzles
shall have rubber bumpers.
D. Nozzle Manufacturers, or Equal
1. W.D. Allen Mfg. Co.;
2. Fire-End and Crocker Corp.;
3. Halprin Supply Co.;
4. Western Fire Equipment Co..
2.19 GAS SERVICE AND INSTALLATION
A. General
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the natural gas system and valving as indicated.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall pay any fees or charges levied by the Gas Company for
installation or inspection.
B. Installation of Gas Piping
1. All gas piping shall be installed in strict conformance with the requirements of the
local or state regulations and the following.
2. Gas piping shall be black steel, schedule 40 ,in accordance with Section 15025 -
Steel Pipe. Joints for exposed piping shall be of the screwed type, with an
adequate number of unions to facilitate removing of equipment and dismantling of
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-8
piping for cleaning and inspection. Screw fittings shall be malleable iron and shall
conform to ANSI.
C. Joint Compounds: Joint compounds on steel pipe shall be rated for natural gas
service, be resistant to the action of gas, be non-hardening, and be used sparingly on
the male threads only.
D. Valves: Valves shall be used in accordance with the rating and service
recommendation of the manufacturer. Valves shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B 31.8. Full opening non-lubricated plug valves shall be used in sizes larger than 2
inches, or for pressure greater than 0.5-psig. No unions or valves shall be installed on
pipe lines that will be concealed in partitions, ceilings, etc. Every union or valve shall be
readily accessible for inspection and repair. A plug valve shall be provided at each
piece of equipment the gas system serves.
2.20 PAINTING
A. All ferrous metal, except finished, galvanized and machine surfaces, shall have surfaces
prepared and primed in the shop in accordance with the requirements of Section 09900
- Architectural Finishes. Prime colors shall be compatible with finish coats to be applied
in the field.
B. Self contained units such as wall-mounted hose racks shall be supplied with factory
applied finish coats of baked enamel.
C. All field painting shall comply with Section 09900 - Architectural Finishes.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate roughing-in with provisions for wall and floor
sleeves, pipe inserts, and cutting of roof and floor penetrations so that drain lines will
have the required invert elevations and slopes.
3.2 OPENINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary openings in walls, floors, and roofs for
the passage of piping and plumbing equipment within and into the buildings. All
openings shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings or as required to provide
passage for the plumbing work.
3.3 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all plumbing specialties in accordance with
manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. All pipe shall be arranged in a neat and orderly manner to occupy the minimum amount
of space and so that the pipe will not obstruct passageways and movement of building
occupants or interfere with normal operation and maintenance of any equipment.
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-9
C. All pipe shall be carefully placed and properly sloped and shall be neatly and firmly
supported by hangers or supports.
D. All piping in buildings shall be as close to the ceilings or walls as possible unless
indicated otherwise.
E. Screwed joints shall be made with joint compound and be tight and leakproof. A
sufficient number of brass to ferrous metal seat unions shall be placed in lines so that
any pipe, valve or piece of equipment may be easily disconnected.
F. All drainage and sanitary lines shall be properly run, trapped, and be vented to conform
with Code requirements. All changes in direction shall be made with "Y'.' branch fittings
and shall be of the same size as the pipe. Changes in pipe size shall be made with
reducing fittings. Minimum depth of cover shall be 3 feet.
G. Horizontal soil, drain and waste pipes shall be given a slope of at least 1/4-inch per foot
unless indicated otherwise.
H. Floor drains and cleanouts shall be installed so the tops of the drains are flush with the
finished floor.
I. Plug each natural gas outlet including valves with a threaded plug or cap immediately
after installation and retain the plugs until continuing piping or equipment connections
are completed.
3.4 EQUIPMENT - DAMAGE AND REMOVAL
A. The CONTRACTOR'S operations shall be carried out in such a manner as to guard
against damage to those portions of the structure and equipment which are to remain in
the finished work. Any damage caused by the CONTRACTOR or SUBCONTRACTOR
through their operations, shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR to the satisfaction of
the ENGINEER and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
3.5 TESTING
A. CONTRACTOR shall make such tests as are required by the local ordinances and
codes in the presence of a local governing authority inspector to show that all piping is
tight, leak free and satisfactory, and shall also perform such tests as the ENGINEER
may direct to insure that all fixtures and equipment operate properly. The
CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs in making such tests and the costs of making all
changes or repairs until the WORK is acceptable to the governing authorities.
B. Gas Piping Testing and Purging
1. Before the gas piping system is accepted, a test for tightness shall be made and be
witnessed by the ENGINEER. The system shall be subject to a test pressure of at
least 1.5 times the maximum operating pressure, but never less than 3 psig.
2. Air or an inert gas such as carbon dioxide, nitrogen, or combustion products shall
be used as the pressurizing medium. Under no circumstances shall oxygen or
natural gas be used to test for tightness or to locate leaks.
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-10
3. The system shall hold pressure after disconnecting the pressure source for a period
of at least 30 minutes without showing any drop in pressure after the test gas in the
pipe has been given time to come to equilibrium at the ambient temperature.
4. Leaks shall be located by approved leak detectors or by soap and water solution
while the system is under pressure.
5. After pressure testing, piping shall be fully purged with inert gas inserted from the
location most distant from the point of entry of the natural gas. Each major branch
line shall be similarly purged from its far end. Purging shall be performed only by
personnel experienced in this particular operation.
6. Repair or replace defective piping, and retest.
3.6 DISINFECTION
A. After potable water supply lines are tested, they shall be disinfected by introducing into
the line HTH solution, liquid chlorine, or chlorine solution of sufficient strength. Then the
line shall be filled with water and maintained under not less than 10"pounds per square
inch pressure, for not less than 48 hours, during which period all valves on the lines
shall be opened and closed several times, after which it shall be flushed clean, and then
tested by the OWNER. This procedure shall be repeated as often as necessary until the
line is pronounced safe for use, by the OWNER. No cross connection between the
water mains and any pipe not yet disinfected will be permitted.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-07212004 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15430-11
I
' - , II
• . I e ,
;:1
�"
(�i
I
'i
I
n
SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide plumbing fixtures, complete and operable, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Show material type, material thickness, sinks, counters, splashes,
drawers shelves, legs, frame, supports, and anchors or fasteners for the counter sink unit.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Plumbing piping, fixtures, specialties, and equipment shall be of the latest design, new,
first-quality products, manufactured for the intended usage, and shall be compatible with
elements of related or connected WORK.
B. Plumbing fixtures shall be without flaws and with white finish unless otherwise indicated.
Exposed brass, faucets, valves, wastes, traps, piping, and escutcheons shall be chrome-
plated. Each fixture shall be provided with individual stops and shall be anchored firmly to
the building wall or floor. Softeners, water heaters, and lab equipment shall have drains
and isolating valves on each side.
C. Water closets, valves, fixtures, and hardware shall be approved by local governing
authorities as low flow items.
D. Floor mounted and tank type water closets indicated (by "HC") to be for handicapped
persons or located within a toilet stall indicated to be for handicapped persons shall
conform to ADA requirements.
E. Insulation at lavatories requiring handicapped persons protection shall conform to the
wheelchair accessibility requirements of ADA and other governing authorities. The
insulation shall be easily removable, bacteria resistant, molded to piping and fixture
configurations, closed cell vinyl assembles. Fasteners shall be corrosion resistant and
reusable. Handicapped persons protection shall be Lav Guard as manufactured by
Truebro, Inc., Pro-Warp as manufactured by McGuire, Inc., or equal.
2.2 FIXTURE SCHEDULE
Dwg.
—Callout _ Fixture Tipp —Descrintinn
WC Water Closet Water closet, with elongated siphon jet bowl;
(floor mounted) solid, white, plastic, open front seat; self-sustain-
ing hinges; and 1-inch chrome-plated flush valve
and escutcheons (with 1-1/2-inch water supply
MWH-010804 PLUMBING FIXTURES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15440-1
connection). Water Closet shall be a
handicapped fixture.
LAV Lavatory (wall-hung) - for Lavatory basin, vitreous china, size 20 x 27-inch
wheelchair patients complete with wall carrier; chrome-plated wrist
handle combination supply and pop-up fitting
with aerator; a 1-1/4-inch, chrome-plated "P"trap
with chrome-plated escutcheon; and chrome-
plated angle stops with escutcheons. Piping
shall be insulated for protection of handicapped
persons.
WF-1 Wash Fountain Semi-circular, pre-cast, terrazzo wash fountain,
54 inches in diameter, suitable for handicapped
users; with terrazzo column and stainless, steel
access panel; low profile operating valves;
concealed soap tank, supplies and trap; water
saver stainless steel spray:.head; combination
stops, strainer and check valves; and thermos-
tatic mixing valve.
SS Double Sink 18-gauge stainless steel countertop two-
compartment sink with back ledge and clamps,
rounded corners, overall size: 42 x 21 x 7-1/2
inches deep; with stainless steel basket straine-
rs; 1-1/2-inch brass "P" trap; and single-handle
faucet with swing spout.
DS-1 Drench Shower (with eye- The emergency drench showers, not subject to
face wash and independent freezing, with shower head, self-closing manual
operated valves) valve, handle, eye wash with stainless steel bowl
and galvanized drain, and 1-1/4 inch supply shall
be HAWS Model No. 8300, Bradley Corp.,
Model S19-310 with S90-094A Eye-Face
Wash, or equal.
DS-4 Drench Shower, only (non- Wall-mounted, with extended non-freeze valve
freeze type) for push operation; HAWS Model 8111 FP,
Bradley Corp., Model S19-120 HFP, or equal.
EW-2 Eye-Face/Wash Fountain Stainless steel bowl, pipe (pedestal)-mounted;
(non-freeze type) with hand-operated, non-freeze valve, chrome-
plated twin heads with spray head covers, and
face ring or heads, HAWS Model 7461-FP,
Bradley Corp., Model S19-210HFP, or equal.
2.3 MANUFACTURERS OR EQUAL
A. Unless indicated otherwise, fixtures shall be by:
1. Crane Co.;
2. Kohler; 3. American Standard
MWH-010804 PLUMBING FIXTURES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15440-2
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Each fixture shall be installed with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning, and
be vented in accordance with the applicable plumbing code.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide chrome-plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with
angle stops, reducers, and escutcheons.
C. All components shall be installed level and plumb. Supplies and wastes shall be
centered on or between the wall tiles.
D. All fixtures shall be installed and secured in place with [wall supports] [wall carriers][floor
carriers] and bolts.
E. Fixtures shall be sealed to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as indicated in Section
07920 - Sealants and Caulking. Color shall match fixture.
F. All fixtures shall be mounted to the following heights above finished floor:
Water Closet:
Standard 15 in. (380 mm) to top of bowl rim
Handicapped 17-19 in. (432-482 mm)to top of seat
Lavatory:
Standard 31 in. (785 mm)to top of basin rim
Handicapped 34 in. (max) (864 mm)to top of basin rim
29 in. (min) (736 mm) clearance under or pullman
option
Water Closet Flush Valves:
Standard 11 in. (280 mm) in. above bowl rim
Recessed 10 in. (255 mm) min. above bowl rim
Handicapped 44 in. (max) (1118 mm) max to flush valve control and
easily accessible
Emergency Eye [And Face] Wash:
Standard 38 in. (965 mm)to receptor rim
Emergency Shower:
Standard 84 in. (2130 mm)to bottom of head
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Stops or valves shall be adjusted for intended water flow rate to fixtures without
splashing, noise, or overflow.
B. At completion, the CONTRACTOR shall clean all plumbing fixtures and equipment.
C. Water closets shall be solidly attached to floor or wall carrier with lag screws. Lead
flashing shall not be used to hold fixture in place.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-010804 PLUMBING FIXTURES
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15440-3
� I • J . I
iRn
I — I I _ •
I _
• t .
• I _ l I .
-
• l
I -
I
. I I
SECTION 15450 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install gas and water heaters, circulating pumps,
tempering tank and other plumbing equipment as shown, complete with water, gas,
and/or electric connections and hook-ups for a complete and operable installation as
specified herein and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals,'and
shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers
and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All plumbing piping, fixtures, specialties, equipment, and appurtenances shall be new,
first-quality products manufactured for the intended usage. Materials, capacities,
features, finishes, and manufacturers shall be as specified herein and shall be
compatible with elements of the work to which they relate or connect.
2.2 GAS WATER HEATERS
A. General: Gas water heaters shall be furnished as shown, complete with gas, cold
water, and hot water connections; flue; 3/4-inch drain valve piped to drain; 3/4-inch (min)
temperature and pressure relief valve piped to floor sink or drain; and aquastat. The
tank shall be of welded steel construction for a working pressure of not less than 150
psi, glass-lined, with magnesium anode, minimum 1-inch-thick fiber glass insulation,
enameled steel jacket, and feet. The gas burner shall be suitable for natural gas and it
shall be provided with 100 percent safety shut-off, easily accessible non-linting pilot, and
fingertip temperature selection. The flue connection shall have a draft diverter. The
tank shall be protected against premature failure in the following ways:
1. Against electrolytic corrosion by conveniently located, easily replaceable
magnesium anode rod.
2. Against failure due to overheating caused by the build-up of scale, film and other
sediment, by a construction which incorporates an annular ring which fits inside
the tank at the base. The ring shall be equipped with a group of calibrated jets,
properly positioned so that they will direct the inlet water in such a way that
particles of sand, silt or scale present in the water shall be burned and agitated,
kept in suspension, and carried out of the water heater on that or on succeeding
water draws.
MWH-010804 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15450-1
B. Flue: A flue shall be provided from the draft diverter to above roof in accordance with
applicable codes and complete with supports, roof flashing, and weather cap. The flue
shall be of galvanized steel, double-wall pipe or other suitable, insulated material.
C. Heater Specification: Gas water heaters shall meet the following requirements:
1. Identification number - ME-6
2. Location - Operations Building - Equipment Room
3. Tank capacity, (gal.) - 80 gallons
4. Heater input, Btu/hr - 180,000
5. Heater output, Btu/hr - 144,000
6. Recovery rate, GPM @ 1000 Rise - 174
T. Manufacturers, or equal:
a. State Industries Inc., Series Model SBT;
b. A.O. Smith;
c. Rudd.
2.3 CIRCULATING T ING PUMPS (EMERGENCY EYEWASH TEMPERED WATER SYSTEM)
A. Furnish and install the circulating domestic hot water pumps as shown on the Contract
Drawings. (Emergency Eyewash System - Detail M-900)
1. Circulating Pump
2. Timer Control Circuit
3. Mixing Valve
4. Potable Water Expansion Tank
B. Circulating Pump: Pump shall be lead free bronze nonferrous circulator, with bronze
casing and polypropylene impeller. The pump shall be directly coupled to drive motor
with ceramic shaft and double sintered carbon bearings. The motor shall not overload
at any point throughout the head and capacity range of the pump. Pump and motor
shall be suitable for continuous duty while handling clear hot water up to 230 degrees F
and 150 psi. Provide pump with pressure taps on both inlet and outlet.
C. Timer Control Circuit: Pump controls shall include automatic timer circuit to circulate
tempered water through Emergency Eyewash supply piping. Controls shall be
adjustable, with three modes; ON (continous), OFF (at all times), and TIMER (run at
MWH-010804 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15450-2
programmed intervals). Timer shall be initially set to run at once every two hours, for 3
minutes.
Manufacturers or Equal;
1. Bell & Gossett, Model TC-1
D. Pump Specification: Pump shall meet the following requirements:
1. Identification number - P-12
2. Location - Mechanical Room
3. Capacity, (GPM @ Ft. Head) - 12 gpm @ 7 ft
4. Motor size, (HP) - 92 W
5. Voltage/Phase - 120 V/ 1 ph
6. Manufacturers or equal:
a. Bell and Gossett.
b. Taco, Inc.
c. Grunfos, Inc
E. Potable Water Expansion Tank: The Contractor shall size the expansion tank for the
Emergency Eye piping arrangement as is installed. The expansion tank shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
1. NSF Approved for potable water use.
2. Supported and piped in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
3. Manufacturer or equal:
a. Bell & Gossett- Model PT Diaphram Expansion Tanks
F. Mixing Valve: Mixing Valve shall be designed to provide warm water (60F - 85F) over
a wide range of flows; up to 60 gpm.
Manufacturers or Equal;
1. HAWS 9202 Thermostatic Mixing Valve
MWH-010804 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15450-3
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions.
B. The work hereunder shall be coordinated with plumbing piping and related fuel piping,
gas venting, and electrical work to achieve operating system performance requirements.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide steel pipe support for tanks, independent of building
structural framing members.
D. Tank shall be cleaned and flushed after installation. All openings shall be sealed until
pipe connections are made.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-010804 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15450-4
SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
systems and equipment complete with all supports, mounting frames, ventilators, ductwork,
piping, louvers, panels, filters, grilles, electric drive units and controls, mechanical
equipment, electrical work, appurtenances, testing and balancing, ready for operation as
shown and specified herein, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein, are specified in Section 01090 - Reference
Standards.
B. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations or
publications of the State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Commission,
the State Fire Marshall, the Industrial Safety Orders, the Health and Safety Rules (Air
Conditioning systems), the local Plumbing Code, the local Building Code, and all other local
codes. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to permit work in violation of
the above codes, rules and regulations. In the absence of applicable codes, the installation
and workmanship shall follow the standards set by the American Society of Heating,
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for all equipment, ductwork, controls,
control panels, piping, and for all specified heat tracing in accordance with Section 01300 -
Contractor Submittals.
B. Equipment Numbers: Equipment is identified by assigned numbers for reference and
location purposes in the Contract Documents. The appropriate equipment numbers shall be
indicated on the Shop Drawings and on other submittals by the CONTRACTOR.
C. Fan Curves: Certified fan curves for each fan are required.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. The air conditioners, heaters, and all fans, ventilators, grilles, etc., furnished and installed by
the CONTRACTOR shall carry the manufacturer's standard warranty, and all such
warranties shall be furnished to the ENGINEER upon final acceptance of the completed
systems by the OWNER. All refrigerant compressors shall carry a 5-year warranty by the
manufacturers.
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-1
PART 2-- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. (duality: All mechanisms or parts shall be amply proportioned for the stresses which may
occur during operation or for any other stresses which may occur during fabrication and
erection. Individual parts furnished which are alike in all units shall be alike in workmanship,
design, and materials and shall be of the manufacturer's top line, industrial-commercial
grade.
B. Supports: All equipment and appurtenances shall be firmly anchored or connected to
supporting members. All supports required for the proper installation of the equipment, but
not forming an integral part of the building structure, shall be provided by the HVAC
CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise shown. Equipment shall be supported on restrained
spring-type vibration isolators.
C. NoiseNibration Control: The system shall be free of any objectionable vibrations and
noise. Flexible connections shall be provided in all ducts and piping connections to fans,
compressors, and any other vibrating equipment.
2.2 MOTORS
A. All motors supplied for equipment shall conform to the latest IEEE and NEMA requirements
for mechanical and electrical characteristics including service factors. In addition, motors
shall meet the requirements of Section 16460 — Electric Motors. Each motor shall bear the
manufacturer's nameplate with complete motor data. Each motor shall be of ample size and
construction to carry continuously all loads which alight be imposed by the piece of
equipment it drives throughout the full range of operation of the equipment and the
maximum motor loading shall in all cases be less than or equal to the nameplate
horsepower rating, exclusive of the service factor.
B. Performance Curves: In no case shall the required horsepower at any point on the HVAC
equipment performance curve exceed the rated horsepower of the motor, or encroach on
the service factor.
2.3 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The HVAC CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all controls, sensors and control panels
relating to the HVAC systems including starters, thermostats, motorized dampers and louver
operators and as indicated, and shall install all control wiring of 120 volts and less under this
Section, but shall meet the requirements of Division 16 — Electrical. Local power
disconnects, where required, shall be installed by the ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
B. The ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR under Division 16 — Electrical, shall install all circuit
breakers, all starters in motor control centers, all 120, 208, 240 and 480 volt power feeders
from starters and circuit breakers to the HVAC equipment shown on the Contract Drawings.
Equipment locations on the Electrical Drawings are shown for reference only and actual
locations are shown on the HVAC Contract Drawings.
C. All starters whether as an integral part of the equipment or as a separate part shall meet the
specifications as given in Section 16480 — Low Voltage Motor Control Centers. Enclosures
shall be of the same NEMA class as the electrical equipment in that area and all starters
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-2
shall be of the same manufacturer as starters specified under Section 16480— Low Voltage
Motor Control Centers.
D. All low voltage control wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code. All
control wiring for line voltage 120 volts and higher shall conform to Section 16120 — Wires
and Cables.
E. Details of individual control panels shall be similar to those shown on Electrical Drawings.
Control Panels shall conform to Section 16485 — Local Control Panels and Misc. Electric
Devices.
F. CONTRACTOR to note that all conduit in this Section shall conform to that specified in
Sections 16110 — Electrical Raceway Systems, and 16111 — Underground Raceway
Systems.
2.4 FLASHING
A. All equipment that passes through roofs of buildings or structures will be provided with
proper flashing in accordance with the specifications and as indicated on the Contract
Drawings. The flashing shall comply with Section 07600 — Flashing and Sheet Metal of this
Specification.
2.5 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. All piping and fitting material used in the fulfillment of this Contract shall be new and the best
of its respective class.
B. The extent of all piping work is shown on the Contract Drawings. All heating piping shall be
Schedule 40 black steel pipe with screwed fittings. All refrigerant piping shall be type L hard
temper copper with cast brass fittings. Provide a drain at all low points in piping system.
C. All copper and steel pipe and fittings shall meet the specifications for Section 15010 - Mill
Piping — Exposed and Buried, insofar as it applies. All joints in refrigerant piping shall be
made with silver solder.
2.6 VALVES
A. Furnish and install valves at all locations shown on the Contract Drawings or specified and in
at least the following locations:
1. A gate valve in each hot water heating coil supply and return connection.
2. A balancing valve may replace the gate valve on hot water piping as hereinafter
specified.
B. All gate valves shall be good for one hundred twenty-five pounds working pressure, and in
every respect suitable for the purpose intended. All shall be brass with screwed ends and
be wheel operated. Gate valves shall be Powell Co. No. 500; Jenkins 471.1; or equal.
C. All check valves shall be all brass or bronze with regrinding discs. Check valves shall be
Crane No. 36; Jenkins 762A; or equal.
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-3
D. Provide on water heating equipment including air handling unit hot water coils, a
combination balancing and shut-off valve. The valve shall be a 100 percent shut-off unit
with a maximum valve pressure of 125 psig at a temperature of 250 degrees F. Units shall
be such that after closing for shut-off, they can be reopened to balance position with no
further adjustment. Valves shall be Illinois, Series 61 up to one inch size and Series 81 on
larger sizes; ITT Bell and Gossett, Circuit Setter Series CB; or equal.
E. Solenoid valves shall have brass body, with stainless steel trim. Valves shall be provided
with a mechanical operator for manually actuating the valve in case of power loss, and
NEMA Type IV solenoid enclosure for 120 volt, 60 Hz current. Normally closed valves shall
be provided with a manual lock-open feature and normally opened valves shall be provided
with a manual lock-open feature and normally opened valves shall be provided with a
manual lock-closed feature, and high temperature coils. Valves shall be Automatic Switch
Company No. 8210-MO Series; Skinner Electric Valve Co. Model V5-1 or V5-2; or
equal.
F. Three way mixing valves shall be Honeywell No. V5013F; or equal. The operator for either
proportional or 2-position control of the hot water shall be appropriate for the application and
of proper size and power for smooth operation of the valve. The unit shall be complete with
'I nFrPssary linkages, parts; etc.
G. Installation: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following requirements.
1. All valves be set carefully regarding their location with respect to equipment controlled
and accessibility. Consideration should be given to location of valves with respect to
the proper drainage of the piping system.
2. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including
valves in branch lines necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to
be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary.
3. Install valves with stems pointed up, in the vertical position where possible, but in no
case with stems pointed downward.
4. Where insulation is indicated, install extended-stem valves, arranged in the proper
manner to receive insulation.
2.7 INSULATION (PIPING/DUCTWORK)
A. All heating piping, refrigerant piping, supply, and outside air ductwork shall be insulated
under this Section in accordance with the specifications and as shown on Contract
Drawings.
B. The insulation shall comply with Section 15145 Pipe, Ductwork and Equipment Insulation of
these Specifications.
2.8 WELDING
A. All welding of black steel or alloy pipe shall be carried out in strict accordance with A.W.S.
procedures and all codes and ordinance of the City of Marysvilled and the State of
Washington, pertaining to welded steel pipe lines. Welding shall be accomplished by means
of the shielded electric arc process and by workers who are certified for this work.
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-4
2.9 EXPANSION JOINTS AND LOOPS
A. Provide expansion loops or expansion joints at locations shown on the Contract Drawings
and as necessary to provide for the expansion of piping. Maximum straight run of pipe
without an expansion joint or loop installed shall not exceed 75 feet. Provide an expansion
joint or loop at every building construction joint.
B. The pipe expansion joints on metal piping three inches and smaller shall be two-ply stainless
steel bellows type with 11/2 inches compression stroke, 1/2 inch extension and total stroke of 2
inches suitable for maximum operating temperature of 750 degree F and maximum working
pressure of 175 psi. The compensator shall have male pipe thread ends for steel pipe or
female sweat ends for copper pipe. Pipe expansion joints shall be as manufactured by
Flexonics, Model H for steel piping and Model HB for cooper piping; Keflex Series 7Q;
Adsco Compensators; or equal.
2.10 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary hangers, supports, concrete inserts,
anchors and guides for material and equipment to be installed in this Contract.
B. No perforated strap hangers and no wire supports will be permitted.
C. Hangers supporting insulated pipe shall be sized to fit the pipe plus the insulation. The
insulation at support points shall be provided with metal shield to prevent damage to
insulation.
D. Anchors and guides shall be built of steel, in accordance, with approved detail drawings and
as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
E. Pipe hangers used to support uninuslated copper piping shall be copper plated.
F. Anchorage shall be obtained by welding lugs onto the pipe and providing abutting surfaces
against the lugs to restrict longitudinal movement. All anchors shall be so designed that the
pipe may be removed by removing bolts and no welding of pipe to the anchor will be
permitted. All bolting materials shall be cadmium plated.
G. Guides shall be located not more than twenty feet away from each expansion loop or joint.
H. Horizontal runs of pipe shall have supports spaced so that the sag of the unsupported length
will not create any pockets in the piping (weight of fluid included).
Steel
Pipe up thru 11/a" .......................................................... not more than 8'0"
Pipe 11/2 "thru 21/2" ........................................................ not more than 10'0"
Pipe 3" thru 31/2" ........................................................... not more than 12'0"
Pipe 4" thru 6" ............................................................... not more than 14,0„
Pipe 8" and larger ......................................................... not more than 16'0"
Copper
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-5
Pipe to 1'/a" .................................................................. not more than 6,0„
Pipe 11/2 "thru 2'/2" ........................................................ not more than 8'0"
Pipe 3"thru 31/2" ........................................................... not more than 10'0"
Pipe 4" and larger ......................................................... not more than 12'0"
I. All vertical piping shall be supported at the base with fittings made for this purpose or
supported from the nearest horizontal member or floor with a riser extension pipe clamp.
Provide riser extension clamp at each floor.
J. Hangers for ductwork and equipment shall be in accordance with the details shown on the
C;ontrart Drawings and also in arcordanr..P with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors National Association (SMACNA).
K. All inserts shall be galvanized.
L. Seismic Resistance: When earthquake loads are applicable in accordance with the
building code, mechanical system supports shall be designed by the CONTRACTOR and
installed for the seismic forces in accordance with the building code.
2.11 PIPE SLEEVES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall examine the Contract Drawings carefully for all sleeves that are to
be built into the construction and plan his work accordingly, so that sleeves are placed well
in advance of construction work, and care taken with their location and support until
encased.
B. Sleeves shall be standard weight galvanized steel pipe for dry interior installation. Sleeves
for exterior or wet installation shall be standard weight ductile black steel, stainless steel, or
standard weight PVC for pipe temperatures below 120 degrees F.
C. All sleeves shall be sized one pipe size larger than uninsulated piping and one pipe size
larger than piping plus insulation on insulated pipe.
D. Where pipes pass through floors, sleeves shall extend three inches above finished floor.
Where pipes pass through walls, sleeves shall be flush with wall.
2.12 ALUMINUM DUCTWORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install ductwork as shown on the HVAC Contract
Drawings.
B. All low pressure ductwork shall be designed for 3 inches vacuum and pressure and be
constructed of sheet aluminum of not less than eighteen gauge where the largest dimension
of a duct is twelve inches or less in width or diameter, and not less than sixteen gauge for
Widths or diameters larger than 12 inches. Gauge designations refer to Brown and Sharpe
Standards. Ductwork sheets, unless otherwise specified, shall be of Aluminum Association
Alloy 3003-H 14.
C. Ductwork shall be air tight and well braced. It shall be carefully supported in horizontal runs
with rod and angle supports at no greater than 8 feet intervals. Ductwork shall be run as
close as possible to the layouts as shown on the Drawings. Vertical aluminum ductwork
shall be adequately guided and shall be firmly supported by standard framing angles of
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-6
Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6.
D. All seams shall be double locked. Rectangular ducts with longer than a 12 inch dimension
shall have full perimeter standing seams not less than 1 inch high. Reinforcements shall be
at intervals of not greater than 30 inches along the duct. No "S" seams will be permitted.
E. Except where permitted by the ENGINEER, fan discharge connections and ductwork
reductions shall have duct side slopes not to exceed 30 degrees.
F. Radius of bends shall be not less than 11/2 duct diameters, unless otherwise shown. All
mitered elbows, tees, either square, rectangular, or round, and extractors on all air ductwork,
shall have turning vanes as shown on the Contract Drawings.
G. Care shall be taken to properly insulate aluminum duct and supports from concrete or
dissimilar metals by an applied bituminous coating or by rubber gaskets at all contact,points.
H. Access Doors: Access doors shall be provided in the ductwork at all fire dampers,
motorized and back draft dampers, filters and as shown on the drawings. They shall be
continuously hinged, double skinned, of either 22 gage galvanized steel oV 20 gage
aluminum to match the ductwork material, with one cam lock for sizes up to 1.6 inches
square or two cam locks for sizes over 16 inches square, must match insulation thickness in
door with ductwork insulation and have foam sealing gaskets on all four sides. Access
doors shall be Ruskin SMACNA Standard Duct Access Doors; or equal.
I. Flexible duct may be used to attach air outlets to duct banks when outlets are fitted in a
finished ceiling. Flexible duct shall be insulated. Maximum length of flexible duct shall not
exceed 10 feet. Materials joining and supporting of flexible duct shall be in accordance with
the latest edition of SMACNA.
J. Flexible Connections: Equipment shall be attached to ducts through approved flexible
connections to facilitate removal of the units and for sound isolation. Flexible connections
consisting of heavy duct canvas or woven glass fabric silicon coated shall be provided.
Canvas connections shall be a heavy cotton impregnated for waterproofing and fire
retardant. Glass fabric shall be used where temperatures exceed 200 degrees F. Weight of
Canvas shall be 20 ounces Per sq. yd. Weight of glass fabric shall be approximately 12
ounces. per sq. yd.
K. The material is based on FRP products manufactured by Plastic Piping Systems, Inc.;
Rigidon 3622 HV manufactured by Heil Products, Inc.; or other manufacturers of
similar products with the same characteristics and corrosion resistance.
L. Duct, fittings, dampers, etc., shall be fabricated in strict accordance to NBS PS 15-69
standards.
2.13 FLUES
A. Furnish and install flues, supports, and other accessories as required for gas fired heaters
and appliances as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. The manufactured, pre-fabricated flue shall be UL listed, used at temperatures not to
exceed 1000 degrees F under continuous operating conditions, be designed to be gas tight
to prevent leakage of combustion products into the building, and be designed to compensate
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-7
for the flue gas induced thermal expansions. The double wall flue shall have an inner gas
carrying pipe of Type 304 stainless steel, a nominal 1 inch air space between the walls, and
an outer jacket of aluminum coated steel or Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel for
additional corrosion protection in hostile environments. The flue duct shall be Selkirk
Metalbestos Model PS; or equal.
C. Assemble and install flues in accordance with recognized industry practices which will
achieve air tight systems. Install with a minimum of joints. Align accurately at connections,
and keep internal surfaces smooth. Support flues rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers,
and anchors of the type which will hold work true-to-shape and prevent buckling.
D. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated,
run in the shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing
the building and its equipment. Pitch flues upward from equipment to stack.
2.14 MOTORIZED DAMPERS
A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the motorized opposed blade dampers as shown on
the Contract Drawings.
B. The damper and frames shall be of minimum aluminum B & S 12 gauge. Aluminum blades
shall have interlocking edges with one center and two edge crimps, and brass bearings.
The frame shall be welded channel construction with lugs and mounting brackets for damper
operators. Dampers shall have felt or rubber seals at edges to minimize air infiltration, when
closed.
C. Dampei motors shall be [electric' [pneurnatic' with necessary linkages for positioning the
damper blades. Damper sizes and capacities shall be as called for on the Contract
Drawings. The motors shall be powered open and spring closed except as noted.
2.15 BACKDRAFT OR GRAVITY DAMPERS
A. Furnish and install gravity (Backdraft) dampers on the exhaust fans and ventilators where
called for on the Contract Drawings. Dampers shall be multi-blade, with soft seating gaskets
for minimizing noise and air leakage when closed. The blades shall be constructed of 16
gauge aluminum, and be of air foil design. Frames shall be 16 gauge extruded aluminum
alloy. The frames shall be totally out of the air stream, and arranged for flange mounting.
B. Dampers shall be Air Balance, Inc.; Air Dynamic; or Ruskin Model [BD2A1] [BD2A2],
and shall be designed to operate at 0.05 inch w.g. S.P. or less. Blades shall be individually
counter balanced and shall have non-ferrous pins turning in nylon bearings. Damper sizes
and capacities shall be as called for on the Contract Drawings.
2.16 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS (MANUAL AND MOTORIZED)
A. Furnish and install volume control dampers in accessible locations in branch supply ducts
and at each exhaust air opening to properly regulate the volume of air delivered or
withdrawn from each inlet and outlet and as indicated on the Drawings.
B. The volume dampers shall be of the opposed blade type and be constructed of aluminum B
& S fourteen gauge, suitably reinforced with sturdy control shafts. Ductwork shall be
reinforced to double thickness at damper shaft openings.
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-8
C. The volume control dampers of the air extractor type as indicated on the Drawings shall be
constructed of stainless steel, 20 gauge for frames and 24 gauge for blades.
D. No splitter dampers will be allowed. All manual control dampers shall have provisions for
adjustment and locking in position after being set.
E. Damper motors shall be electric with either modulating or two positioning control and
necessary linkages. Damper sizes and capacities shall be as called for on the Contract
Drawings. The motors shall be powered open and spring close except as noted.
2.17 FIRE DAMPERS
A. Furnish and install fire dampers in ductwork at all floor penetrations and all fire rated wall
penetrations where shown or not on the Contract Drawings. Fire dampers to be of the
fusible link type and have Underwriter's approval.
B. Fire dampers shall be 11/2 hour Ruskin FD35; or equal. The units shall be arranged for
horizontal or vertical mounting, and be provided with a 165 degree F fusible link.
C. Furnish and install an end switch on fire dampers to signal fire alarm and de-energize fan
motors in the event of a fire.
D. Fire dampers shall be in accord with the codes of the State of Washington and the
provisions of the NFPA Bulletin 90A.
2.18 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS
A. Furnish and install all supply and return registers and grilles and all supply diffusers as
shown on the Contract Drawings. The sizes, capacities, and deflection of each unit shall be
as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. General: The following schedule shall be followed for all units:
1. Supply Diffusers (SD): Titus Model TMS-AA with optional dampers; Metalair; or
equal.
2. Return Grilles (RG): Titus Model 50-F; Tuttle and Bailey; or equal; with '/2" x '/2" x
1/2" aluminum grid and no dampers.
3. Return Registers (RR): Titus Model 350FL; Tuttle and Bailey; or equal;
4. Supply Registers (SR): Titus Model 272FL; Tuttle and Bailey; or equal; with
opposed blade dampers.
C. All registers, grilles and diffusers are to be constructed of aluminum. Finish to be a baked-
on enamel. Accessory equipment shall be aluminum, or if not available, steel with a baked-
on enamel. The proper border style shall be selected by the CONTRATOR to suit the
installation conditions.
D. All registers, grilles and diffusers located in corrosive atmospheres as indicated on the
Drawings shall be painted with a special protective coating. See Section 09900— Painting.
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-9
2.19 FLAT AIR FILTERS
A. General: The flat air filters used in the [air handling units, packaged air conditioning units,
and the electric heat pumps] shall be 1 inch thick throw-away type supplied as an integral
part of each unit.
B. Provide three complete spare filter changes for all flat filters in all units, plus provide one
new filter set in each unit at time of turning units over to the OWNER. Filters used in the
units during construction are not included in the above, these filters are additional ones that
shall also be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
C. The flat air filters shall be one inch thick throw-away type made of an adhesive coated fiber
media and rated at 300 fpm face velocity, 0.04 inch wg initial resistance and a 0.50 inch wg
recommended final resistance. The filters shall be by Airguard Industries; Farr Co.;
Snyder General Corp.; or equal.
2.20 WALL LOUVERS
A. Furnish and install wall louvers as hereiiinfter specified, and when shown on the Contract
Drawings. Louvers shall be Adjustable Type and Fixed type as called for with a drain gutter
in each blade and downspouts in jambs and mulllions. All louvers shall be furnished with
extended sill. Stationary blades and adjustable blades shall be contained within a single 6"
louver frame. Adjustable section shall include low leakage blade and jamb seals. Louver
components (heads, jambs, sills, blades & mullions) shall be factory assembled by the
louver manufacturer. Water stop at sill shall be factory caulked watertight.
B. Adjustable Type shall be Ruskin Model ELC 6375D, or equal. Fixed Type shall be Ruskin
Model ELF 6375D, or equal, with extruded 6063T5 aluminum alloy construction as follows:
1. Frame: .125' wall thickness, box type.
2. Blades: Stationary section and adjustable center pivoted section .125" wall
thickness. 37'/z degree angle on approximate 41/z" centers.
3. Operator: Electric Type furnished with louver, 120 volts max.
C. Published louver performance data bearing the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for Air
Performance & Water Penetration must be submitted for approval prior to fabrication and
must demonstrate pressure drop and water penetration equal to or less than the model
specified.
D. Louvers shall be complete with aluminum bird screen and all necessary linkages for
operating section. Size and capacities shall be as called for on the Construction
Drawings.
E. Louvers shall be furnished with [clear anodized] finish.
2.21 DUCT SILENCERS
A. Furnish and install duct silencers where indicated on the Contract Drawings. Silencers shall
be aluminum construction or of a material to match the ductwork. Silencers shall be Titus
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-10
Model MR; or equal with size, capacity and pressure loss as indicated on the Contract
Drawings.
2.22 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Vibration control isolation shall be provided for all rotating equipment, except electric
motors. Where rotating units are part of factory assembled package units, such as a
package air handling unit, the isolator shall be provided under the unit casing.
B. All suspended equipment shall be supported by combination spring and fiberglass
isolation hangers, incorporating minimum two inch thick neoprene jacketed fiberglass
inserts in series with springs, all encased in steel brackets.
C. All floor mounted or platform mounted built-up or package air handling units shall be
mounted on structural steel or concrete bases with isolator springs and brackets.
D. All springs used in the vibration isolators shall have approximately one inch deflection
Under load and shall have a minimum additional travel of 50 percent between the design
height and the solid height. All isolation equipment shall be provided and installed in strict
compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
E. For vibration isolation between HVAC equipment and supports and where indicated on the
Contract Drawings, 3/4 inch thick rubber pads shall be used for full contact between
equipment and support. The pads shall be as manufactured by Mason Industries, Super
W Pads; or equal.
2.23 ROOF CURBS AND ROOF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Roof curb for all roof openings, for roof mounted exhaust fans and air intakes and
exhausts unless otherwise shown or indicated on the Contract Drawings, are to be of the
"raised cant" type with minimum 12 inch height above the roof line. Curbs shall be pitched
at the base for roof pitch in excess of 3/8 inch per foot. A raised cant shall be a minimum
of 4 inches unless otherwise specified. Curbs shall be of box design, constructed from 20
gauge galvanized steel with continuous welded seams, full mitered angle seam corners,
and factory installed wood nailers, and shall be insulated with a minimum of 11/2 inch 3
lbs./cu.ft. density rigid board fiberglass.
B. Roof curbs shall have a 18 gauge stainless steel liner set in mastic, extended the full
height of curb, if the duct does not extend to the top of the curb.
C. Roof equipment supports shall be provided for roof mounted equipment. The supports
shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel with continuous welded seams, an
integral base plate, wood nailer with 1 inch overhang to accommodate insulation, counter
flashing with lag screws.
D. The supports shall have a raised cant of not less than 4 inches and shall be a minimum of
15 inches high. The length and width of the units shall conform to the support
requirements of the equipment being supported.
E. The roof curbs shall be Pate Model PC-5; Thycurb; supplied by the manufacturer of
the fan, air handler, air conditioner, etc.; or equal, and the roof equipment supports
shall be Pate Model ES-513; Thycurb; or equal.
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-11
2.24 TEMPERATURE AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall design, furnish and install a complete electric-electronic system
of automatic temperature control as specified herein. The system shall be designed and
furnished by Johnson Controls; Honeywell; or equal.
1. After completion of the installation, the TEMPERATURE CONTROL
MANUFACTURER shall adjust all thermostats, sensors, in the motors and other
equipment provided under this contract with trained personnel in the direct employ of
the TEMPERATURE CONTROL MANUFACTURER. The TEMPERATURE
CONTROL MANUFACTURER shall place them in complete operating condition
subject to the approval of the ENGINEER, and instruct the operating personnel in
the operation of the control system.
2. The control system as specified herein shall be guaranteed free from defects in
workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of one year
after acceptance of the ENGINEER. Any equipment herein described proves to be
defective in workmanship_orma_terial during the guarantee period shall be adjusted,
repaired, or replaced by the automatic control manufacturer at no charge to the
OWNER.
3. All wiring incidental to the temperature control system including electrical interlock and 120
Volt power to damper and louver operators shall be provided by the TEMPERATURE
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
4. Detailed wiring diagrams along with necessary supervision shall be provided by the
TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
5. All control wiring (line voltage or low voltage), required to complete the temperature
control system (by interconnecting starters, thermostats, PE switches, relays, and
like devices) shall be installed by the TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR,
but in accordance with Section 16050 - Electrical Work - General of this
Specification.
6. All thermostats, controllers and amplifiers shall be suitable for the applications in
which they are used.
7. Electric actuators for louvers shall be sized with sufficient reserve power to provide
two position power as required.
8. All H.O.A. (Hand-Off-Auto) switches shall be furnished and installed by the
TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR, but in accordance with Section 16485
- Local Control Panels and Misc. Electrical Devices.
9. The control manufacturer shall furnish all two-position relays, capacity relays,
sequencing relays, plus all other controls necessary to meet the specifications and
provide for properly operating automatic control system. All electric switches and
relays must be UL listed and of a type to meet the current and voltage requirements
of the particular application.
B. CONTROL PANELS
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-12
1. General: Control panels shall contain all relays, control switches, transformers, pilot
lights, timers, time clocks, step controllers, gages, thermostats (unless otherwise
shown), and other accessories necessary for the particular system. Panels shall be
aluminum with baked enamel finish, hinged front door, and locking handle. All
manual switches and direct-reading gauges shall be flush-mounted on the front face,
identified by engraved and riveted Bakelite or laminated plastic nameplates with
white letters on black background. Manual switches shall be of heavy-duty, oil-tight
construction.
2. Wiring: Control devices shall be prewired internally. All wires leaving the panel
shall be terminated at separate numbered terminal strips. Individual connectors
shall be provided for every item of mechanical equipment, all integral and remote
pilot lights, and other devices described for each panel. Power and control,circuit
requirements shall be as shown on the Electrical Drawings. All wires shall be
identified by color coding or numerical tags at both ends. Each control device shall
be wired without splices to the terminal strip. Integral circuit protection shall be
provided for all panel-mounted control devices. Each panel shall be wired with a
single 20-amp, 120-volt, ac feeder in accordance with Section 16485 - Local Control
Panels and Misc. Electrical Devices.
3. Diagrams: Panel electrical wiring diagrams shall be secured to the inside of the
panel door.
C. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
1. The ventilation system shall be controlled such that the two ventilation fans,
supply and exhaust, will be interlocked such that one cannot run with out the
other.
2. Because of noise restrictions, the Office heat pump condensing fan unit shall
not be allowed to operate between the hours of 5pm and 6am. The electric
strip heater and the air handling unit's fan will operate during these night time
hours (5pm to 6am) to provide heating.
3. Temperature ranges for the unit heaters and ventilation fans are noted on the
contract drawings.
2.25 HEATING CABLE
A. All electric heat trace cable called for shall be Chromalox Type SRL-3-1; or equal.
Cable shall be self-regulating with 150 degrees F maintenance temperature, 120 volt, 3
watts per ft. output and twin 16 AWG copper buss wires within insulated jacket.
B. After the pipe is heat traced, it shall be insulated and exterior jacketing applied in
accordance with Section 15145 — Pipe, Ductwork and Equipment Insulation.
2.26 PAINTING
A. Painting of the equipment and materials shall comply with Section 09900 - Painting.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall include the painting of factory paint surfaces that are rusted
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-13
and/or scratched. These finishes shall be cleaned to bright metal, primed with a corrosion
inhibitor and finished with a paint and/or enamel to match original finish.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Openings - New Construction: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary
openings in walls, floors and roofs for the passage of heating and ventilating equipment in
the buildings. All openings shall hP as indicated on the Contract Drawings, or as required
to,provide passage for heating and ventilating work.
1. No extra compensation shall be given for defective or ill-timed work.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all hanger and support inserts into masonry or
structural steel as required for proper completion of the work.
B. Openings - Existing Construction: The CONTRACTOR shall provide under this
Section all openings required in the existing construction for his piping and equipment that
are not specifically shown on plans or called for in the specifications. All openings shall be
cut in a neat and orderly manner with as little damage to existing structures as possible.
The patching of openings cut shall be done by first class mechanics of the trades
involved, and shall match the existing construction.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all hangers and supporting members
installed in the existing masonry or structural steel as required for proper completion
of the work.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A. Drain Piping:
1. Install valve-drain piping where valves are equipped with drain connection,
fabrication from type L copper tube and solder-joint drainage fittings.
2. Install piping system and equipment drains fabricated from copper tube with solder-
joint fittings, or from black steel piping with fittings as indicated.
3. Install drain piping at the low points of supply and return piping, at abrupt changes in
vertical offsets in horizontal runs, and in piping at mechanical equipment including
pumps.
4. Extend drain piping to nearest drain.
B. Bypass Piping:
1. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate and install bypass piping using the same
materials and in the same plane as connected piping, but one pipe size smaller, or
as noted. Include valve in bypass piping.
3.3 BALANCING AND TESTING
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-14
A. General: After the installation work is complete, the CONTRACTOR shall make all
necessary adjustments of [volume dampers, volume controllers, exhaust blowers,
exhaust fans, supply blowers, supply and return registers, and heating units.] The
CONTRACTOR shall balance [the hot water heating system, provide all pressure gauge
tappings, and through the use of balancing valves adjust water flows.] The
CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, tools, testing equipment and appliances for the
necessary testing and adjustment required.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall use the services of an independent BALANCING
SUBCONTRACTOR to perform the work of balancing the system.
2. The BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR shall be one who has at least five years of
balancing experience with experience in at least five projects of this type. The
CONTRACTOR shall forward to the ENGINEER an experience resume and project
resume for approval of the BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR.
3. The BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR shall not be associated with any firms doing
engineering and/or construction work in HVAC and/or Plumbing.
4. The BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR shall use the balancing methods approved by
the Associated Air Balance Council.
5. The BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR shall send a copy of all correspondence and
reports, as they are written, pertaining to this project, directly to the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the OWNER, in an extensive operating test
covering every component of the installation, that the entire heating, ventilating and air
conditioning system meets the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications
and is in first class condition and ready for continuous, satisfactory operation. Any repairs
and revisions necessary to make the system operative shall be done by the
CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-011304 HEATING, VENTILATING,
1520315-STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP AND AIR CONDITIONING
PAGE 15500-15
a.
a +,
_ _ — '�,
- /
SECTION 15650- AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the air conditioning units and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more air conditioning units or appurtenances of
the same type or size are required, they shall be furnished by the same Manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor
Submittals.
B. The submittals shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement
part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
C. Certified fan curves for each fan shall be submitted.
1.3 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. All work shall be in strict accordance with the State Mechanical Code, the State of
Washington and any other authorities having jurisdiction. The CONTRACTOR shall
have the required certification and be thoroughly familiar with the local codes. The
CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits.
B. Workmanship shall be first-class in every respect and all work shall be performed by
workers who are thoroughly experienced in this line of work. The CONTRACTOR's
attention is called to the fact that neat and workmanlike appearance in the finished
installation shall be required. Care shall be taken at all times to protect floors, stairways,
and walls during the make-up, erection of piping and placing of equipment. The
CONTRACTOR shall remove all stains and repair all damage before final acceptance of
the work.
C. All materials used in connection with the air conditioning units shall be new, free from
flaws and defects all fully equal to the quality specified, and where not specifically
indicated shall be the best of their respective kinds, and shall conform to the applicable
specifications and standards.
D. If during the construction of this project the ENGINEER finds materials that have
identifying marks removed, or lacking such marks completely, he may reject such items
until the CONTRACTOR has shown proof that said items conform to the letter and intent
of the Specifications and the Contract Drawings. The adequacy and extent of such
proof shall be determined by the ENGINEER.
MWH-010804 AIR CONDITIONING
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15650-1
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 HEAT PUMPS
A. Furnish and install where shown on the Contract Drawings an air-to-air electric heat
pump designed to function as a year-round air conditioning system. Unit shall be
completely assembled, and tested complete with refrigerant charge and ready to
operate. The total unit shall be UL listed and carry a UL label. Unit shall be designed to
operate as a split system with an air handling unit in the Office area. Unit to have
outdoor air inlet with filter, plus factory- supplied one-inch throwaway return air filters.
Furnish 3 spare sets of filters with unit. Refer to Section 15500 for other control
requirements.
B. Unit cooling cycle capacity shall be as scheduled on the drawings. The total unit cooling
EER shall be as scheduled when rated in accordance with ARI Standard 240-77 for air-
to-air heat pumps.
C. Heating cycle capacity shall be as scheduled on the drawings. The ARI heating C.O.P.
shall be as scheduled when rated in accordance with ARI Standard 240-77 for air-to-air
heat pumps.
D. Electric resistance heaters shall be supplied to temper indoor air during the defrost cycle
or to offset building heat loss (at winter design conditions) when the heat pump heating
cycle capacity cannot satisfy space requirements. Heaters shall consist of open wire
nichrome elements with controls necessary for operation. Safety controls shall include
primary overtemperature and overcurrent protection. Heaters shall be UL listed.
E. Unit Compressors shall be welded, fully hermetic with crankcase heater and suitable
vibration isolators. Compressors shall be of the same manufacture as unit and shall be
tested and designed in unit to operate down to -20 degrees F on heating cycle without
shutting off. The standard unit shall b capable of operating to 45 degrees F at published
cfms on cooling cycle. Compressors shall have a 5-year warranty.
F. Coils shall be of nonferrous construction with aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded
to seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed. Coils shall be of the same manufacture
as unit.
G. Indoor air fan shall be forward-curved, centrifugal, belt- drive type capable of delivered
airflow at external static pressure indicated on the drawings. Motor pulley shall be
adjustable pitch. Indoor fan motor shall contain permanently lubricated bearings.
Outdoor fans shall be of the propeller type, with direct-driven permanently lubricated
motor. Fans shall discharge upward.
H. Unit cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a
baked enamel finish. Cabinet interior shall be insulated with one-inch thick neoprene
coated fiberglass. Cabinet panels shall be easily removable for service to all operating
components. A condensate drain for the indoor coil shall be provided.
I. System Controls: The heat pump cooling/heating system shall be protected with high
pressurestat, low pressurestats, loss-of-charge protection, indoor coil freezestats, and
current and temperature sensitive overload devices.
MWH-010804 AIR CONDITIONING
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15650-2
1. Each of these devices shall be wired through the Signal-LOC circuit to prevent
compressor restart until reset at the thermostat. The standard room thermostat
shall contain a "compressor malfunction light" designed to illuminate if any of the
beforementioned safety controls trip out the compressor through the lockout circuit.
Units shall have separate and independent refrigeration and control systems
designed to allow for standby operation of either compressor if one is locked out.
Units shall have 2-stage compressor heat and cool with built-in electric strip heat
lockout to prevent resistance heat operation above 40 degrees F ambient.
2. An outdoor coil defrost control system shall be incorporated into the base unit to
prevent frost accumulation during heating cycle. The defrost cycle shall function on
the basis of time and coil temperature. A 90-minute timer shall actuate a defrost
mode only if coil temperature is low enough to indicate a heavy frost condition.
Defrost shall have a positive termination time of a maximum of 10 minutes, or when,
the defrost thermostat is satisfied, to prevent prolonged operation on a defrost
cycle. Electric resistance heaters shall operate automatically during the defrost
cycle.
3. Unit with factory-installed electric heat shall have single point power connection to a
terminal block. Cabinet shall contain suitable openings for routing of all utility
connections. The base unit shall contain a terminal strip in the control compartment
to allow for terminal-to-terminal connection of room thermostat and field-installed
accessories.
4. Thermostat assembly shall provide staged heating and cooling, manual or
automatic changeover and fan control. Standard subbase shall include
"compressor malfunction light" (LK-OUT) designed to illuminate if compressor
lockout is activated.
5. Emergency heat control shall consist of emergency heat control box containing
emergency heat relays and outdoor thermostat(s); and a emergency heat
thermostat subbase (with warning light). Control shall allow for manual bypass of
compressor and outdoor thermostats if compressor lockout is activated. Outdoor
thermostats shall provide for staging of electric resistance heat according to outdoor
temperature. Thermostats shall be wired into the electric heater contactors and
shall have an adjustable set point to provide economical resistance heat staging.
6. Remote control panel to provide central unit control of heating, cooling, indoor fan
and outdoor air damper. Panel shall contain indicator lights for up to 6 unit
functions.
7. Time guard circuit to prevent compressor short cycling as a result of rapid change in
thermostat setting. Also, automatically prevents compressor restart at least 5
minutes after shutdown.
8. Head pressure control - A solid-state outdoor fan speed control to maintain head
pressure control down to —20 degrees F on cooling cycle. (inoperative during
heating cycle).
J. The heat pump shall be manufactured by Carrier, Trane; McQuay; or equal.
MWH-010804 AIR CONDITIONING
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15650-3
2.2 CONDENSING UNITS
A. Provide and install for operation with air handling units and the direct expansion cooling
coils within the units the following condensing units where shown on the Contract
Drawings. Each unit shall be factory tested and shall be U.L. listed. Unit shall carry a
one year warranty on the complete unit and a 5 year warranty on the compressor.
B. The cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel and furnished with baked acrylic
enamel. Removable panels shall provide access to the electrical and compressor
sections.
C. Each unit shall have a single hermetic type compressor with inherent thermal overload
protection. The compressor shall be isolated from the unit base and include a
crankcase heater. The compressor shall be installed in a separate section isolated from
the condenser coil permitting service while the unit is operating. Service valves shall be
provided on the high and low pressure sides of the refrigerant circuit. Each compressor
shall have low ambient head pressure control for operation to 0 degrees F ambient.
D. The condenser coil shall be constructed of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to
seamless copper tubing:
E. The multiple condenser fans shall be arranged for vertical air discharge and be of the
direct drive type. Each fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan motors
shall be permanently lubricated with inherent thermal overload protection.
F. Each unit shall be provided with an electrical control box with a terminal block for single
point power connection. Controls shall include compressor contractor, fan contractors.
24 volt control circuit transformer and control relays. Safety controls shall include high
and low refrigerant pressure switches. Operating controls shall include low ambient
head pressure controls. Each unit shall have an anti-cycle time delay relay to prevent
compressor short cycling. Hot gas bypass shall be provided to prevent reduced suction
temperatures at reduced loads. ,Twenty-four volt wall thermostat shall be provided with
two stage control with automatic changeover to control the condensing unit and air
handling unit.
G. Units shall be as manufactured by Trane; Carrier; McQuay; or equal with size and
capacities as scheduled on Contract Drawings.
2.3 COOLING COILS
A. Furnish and install the following direct, expansion cooling coils;
B. Furnish Type DP direct expansion coil using R-22 refrigerant complete with 5/8" O.D.
copper tubes with copper, solder coated, smooth, helically-wound fins and aluminum
casings. Refrigerant to be distributed equally to circuits by pressure type distributing
header with header with minimum pressure drop through header and tubing. Coils shall
have one distributor. Headers to be copper with sweated fittings and carefully brazed to
insure against leaks. Coils to be tested at 250 PSI prior to dehydration at 180 degrees F
and 11 inches of mercury absolute vacuum after which they are to be purged and
sealed with inert gas prior to shipment.
MWH-010804 AIR CONDITIONING
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15650-4
C. Cooling coils shall be furnished as an integral part of the air conditioning units and shall
be by the unit manufacturer.
I D. The coil size and capacity shall be as called for on the Construction Drawings.
r� PART 3 -- EXECUTION
Fl 3.1 INSTALLATION
I A. All air conditioning equipment shall be installed by a qualified CONTRACTOR in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
- END OF SECTION -
1
l
1
1
_1
J
J
F�
_.1
MWH-0140804 AIR CONDITIONING
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15650-5
. '
y,
�,
t, ,�
.;
• �
i
•i.
- - - - - - - - - -•• M1Y�4
- -I
� �1
L
., .S
I
SECTION 15850 - FANS, BLOWERS, AND VENTILATORS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the fans, blowers, ventilators, and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more fans, blowers, ventilators or appurtenances
of the same type or size are required, they shall be furnished by the same Manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor
Submittals.
B. The submittals shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement
part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
C. Certified fan curves for each fan shall be submitted.
1.3 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. All work shall be in strict accordance with the State Mechanical Code, the State of
Washington and any other authorities having jurisdiction. The CONTRACTOR shall
have the required certification and be thoroughly familiar with the local codes. The
CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits.
B. Workmanship shall be first-class in every respect and all work shall be performed by
workers who are thoroughly experienced in this line of work. The CONTRACTOR's
attention is called to the fact that neat and workmanlike appearance in the finished
installation shall be required. Care shall be taken at all times to protect floors, stairways,
and walls during the make-up, erection of piping and placing of equipment. The
CONTRACTOR shall remove all stains and repair all damage before final acceptance of
the work.
C. All materials used in connection with the fans blowers, and ventilators shall be new, free
from flaws and defects all fully equal to the quality specified, and where not specifically
indicated shall be the best of their respective kinds, and shall conform to the applicable
specifications and standards.
D. If during the construction of this project the ENGINEER finds materials that have
identifying marks removed, or lacking such marks completely, he may reject such items
until the CONTRACTOR has shown proof that said items conform to the letter and intent
of the Specifications and the Contract Drawings. The adequacy and extent of such
proof shall be determined by the ENGINEER.
MWH-010804 FANS, BLOWERS, AND VENTILATORS
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15850-1
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUSTERS
A. Furnish and install upblast centrifugal belt driven centrifugal, all aluminum roof
exhausters as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. The roof mounted centrifugal exhaust fans shall be a aluminum construction which shall
include hood, fan hub and blades, base and bird screen. Centrifugal ventilators shall be
constructed of extruded aluminum heliarc welded and have a cast aluminum power
assembly. The units shall have V-belt drives, vibration eliminators, and motor as called
for in these Specifications. The fan motors shall be provided with externally mounted
disconnect switches and be open drip proof.
C. The fans shall be completely coated outside and on all surfaces that contact the
exhausted air stream with a gray thermosetting polyester urethane, Technicoat 10-1
except as noted.
D. The fans shall be complete with motor operated dampers, roof curb, and bird screen.
E. Fan Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Greenheck.;
2. Cook.
2.2 PROPELLER WALL FANS
A. Furnish and install panel mounted [direct driven], [belt driven], propeller wall fans as
shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. The propeller fans shall be [direct driven[, [belt driven] with an aluminum blade, a spun
steel venturi mounting panel, a steel wire guard and motor mount with resilient anti-
vibration pads at mounting points with panel. The propeller blade shall be statically and
dynamically balanced. The fans shall be complete with gravity shutters, wall mount
housing, bird screen, motor side guard, and externally mounted disconnect switch.
C. The fan, panel mount, shutters, housing, blades, screen, and guard shall be coated with
a gray thermosetting polyester urethane Technicoat 10-1, except as noted.
D. Fan Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Greenheck;
2. Aerovent;
3. Penn.
2.3 INLINE EXHAUST FANS
A. Furnish and install duct mounted fans of the centrifugal belt driven in-line type as shown
on the Contract Drawings.
MWH-010804 FANS, BLOWERS, AND VENTILATORS
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15850-2
B. The fan housing shall be of the square design construction of heavy gauge galvanized
steel and shall include square duct mounting collars and removable access panels. The
fan wheel shall be centrifugal backway inclined, aluminum construction and include a
wheel cone matched to the inlet cone. Motor shall be heavy duty ball bearing type
mounted out of the airstream and be provide with belt guards.
C. The fans shall be completely coated outside and on all surfaces that contact the air
stream with a gray thermosetting polyester urethane Technicoat 10-1, except as noted.
D. Fan Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Greenheck.
2. Cook.
2.4 EXHAUST CENTRIFUGAL FANS
A. Furnish and install exhaust centrifugal fans as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. Fans shall have acoustically insulated housings and shall not exceed sound level ratings
shown. Integral backdraft damper shall be chatterproof. Fans shall have true
centrifugal wheel. Face grille shall be of aerodynamic white egg-crate design and
provide 85% free area. Manufacturers shall submit vibration amplitudes and magnetic
motor hum in decibels. Entire fan, motor and wheel assembly shall be removable
without disturbing the housing. Nominal motor speeds shall not exceed 1550 RPM. Fan
motors shall be suitably grounded and mounted on vibration isolators. The housing
shall be complete with mounting angles.
C. Fan Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Penn Ventilator.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All fans, blowers, and ventilators shall be installed by a qualified CONTRACTOR in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
- END OF SECTION -
MWH-010804 FANS, BLOWERS, AND VENTILATORS
1520315 - STILLAGUAMISH RIVER WTP PAGE 15850-3
,:�
,,
`. �;-
':;
- .
., � -
..
' I
CWA CONSULTANTS
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
BUILDING CODE CONSULTANTS
22421 N.E.20th Street,Sammamish,WA 98074 (425)836-2833 FAX:(425)836-3707 E-Mail:chuck.cwa@verizon.net
September 7, 2004
#04-6093 Drinking Water Treatment Plant
City of Marysville
Mechanical
1997 Uniform Building Codes
Occupancy— B/F-2/H-7
Stories: 1
David W. Anderson, Building Official YFCEIV T--�,
City of Arlington
238 N. Olympic Avenue
Arlington, WA 98223
Dear Mr. Anderson: .OA BUILDING DEFT
We have completed our review of the mechanical plans for the City of Marysville
Stillaguamish River Drinking Water Treatment Plant. The plans are in substantial
compliance with the 1997 Uniform Mechanical Code.
The plans are approved and are being returned with our indication of review on
them.
Sincerely,
Chuck Williams SE
CWA Consultants
CITY OF ARLINGTON
CONSTRUCTION
PERMIT b � G o9 3
❑ COMBINATION ❑ BUILDING ® MECHANICAL ❑ PLUMBING ❑ SIGN PERMIT NO.
OWNER MAIL ADDRESS CITY ZIP PHONE
CITY of MARYSVILL.0 90 e0LUN1I31A #V6 MARYSV11,LE 98a70 (3ipc'�) (�51 -51oo
ARCHITLCT OR DESIGNER MAIL ADDRESS CITY ZIP PHONE
MW�4 R353 130TH kVF— NE SOIT1: .zoo SCUE7VUL 98005 SSl -lloo
GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAIL ADDRESS CITY ZIP PHONE LIC NSE A
To SE DErC-2MtAjC-l-
MLCHANICAL CONTRACTOR MAIL ADDRESS CITY ZIP PHONE LICENSE/
TO &F- DE-EkMINED
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MAIL ADDRESS CITY ZIP PHONE LICENSE IF
i0 3 E D E-F62M I A b
CLASS OF WORK
CgNLW ❑AUDITION ❑ALTERATION ❑REPAIR ❑DEMOLITION ❑BUILDING RELOCATION
VALUAI ION OF WORK
s a q 5oo
ULSCRIBE WU K
-pgIAjjCIAj6u N 2 r v Z;r}s N
PROPOSE U USL OF BUILDING I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICA-
DfLIN K-1 AI6 uw4 ra-T-1�A'riaAi TION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE AND CORRECT ALL PROVI-
L LGAL ULS(RIP I ION 01 PPROPL RTY(SHOWN BELOW OR TiACH FUUR COPIES SIONS OF LAWS AND ORDINANCES GOVERNING THIS TYPE OF WORK
LU I [!_BLOCK X/A OF WILL BE COMPLIED WITH WHETHER SPECIFIED HERIN OR NOT.THE
GRANTING OF A PERMIT DOES NOT PRESUME TO GIVE AUTHORITYTO
VIOLATE OR CANCEL THE PROVISIONS OF ANY OTHER STATE OR
TAX ID NUMBER LOCAL LAW REGULATING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PERFORMANCE OF
n 30 D 6 DO CONSTRUCTION.PERMIT EXPIRES 1 YEAR FROM DATE OF ISSUANCE.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR ORAUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
108 ADURLSS
I'7go1a g3fb j4 E NC AlZLIN6-njAJ WA q'G�aa3 x j a 3 IlfV
(OFFICE USE ONLY) MECHANICAL
I
UMBING
NU. TYPE OF FIXTURE FEE NO. TYPE OF EQUIPMENT FEE
TLR CLOSEI ITOILLI) AIR COND. UNITS -H.P. EA.
BA �IIUB REFRIGERATION UNITS - H.P. EA.
LAVA RY (WASH BASIN) BOILERS- H.P.EA
SFIowLK GAS FIRED A.C.UNITS-TONNAGE EA.
KI ICHLN 51 K& DISP. FORCED AIR SYSTEMS- B T.U. MEA
DISHWASIIC , WALL HEATERS- B.T.0 M
LAUNDRY T RAY. UNIT HEATERS- B.T.U. M
CLOI HLS WASHLR EVAPORAT IVE COOLERS
WA I ER FIEATLR CLOTHES DRYERS
URINAL VENTILATICN FAN
DRINKING FOUN I AIN RANGE HOOD COMMERCIAL
I'LOOR DRAIN AIR HANDLING UNIT- GPM
VACUUM BREAKERS STOVE
ROOF DRAINS - RAINLEAUERS METAL FIREPLACE&CHIMNEY
SINK (SERVICE - BAR,ETC.) WATER HEATER
G� _ _PIPING
SUBTOTAL f \ SUBTOTAL S
PERMIT $ \ PERMIT 3
TOTALFEE $ TOTAL FEE t
SIUL YARD SL[BACK STRLLT SLTBACK REAR YARD SETBACK PLAN CHECK NUMBER PLAN CHECK FEE
FEE RECEIPT NO.
USE LUNk LOT AKk,A VACANT SITE
❑YES ❑NO FEES VALUATION FEE
TYPL OF CONS OCCUPANCY GROUP NO.OF DWELLING UNITS PLAN CHECKING NG
BU'LDING $
SILL OF BLDG. NO,OF STURILS MAX.000.LOAD
PLUMBING
FIRE SPRINKLERS REQUIRED
❑YES ❑NO MECHANICAL
COMMENTS STATE BLDG.CODE
ENERGY CODE SURCHARGE
PENALTY U.B.C.
SEC.303(a)
RECEIVED C§ WATER,SEWER FEES
TOTAL
JUL 2 6 20% PERMIT VALIDATION
WHEN PROPERLY VALIDATED IIN THIS SPACE)THIS IS YOUR PERMIT S RECEIPT
COA BUILDING DEPf I PAID CRIt BY
cc:ASSE OR,APPLICANT,TREASURER,BLDG.DEPT, BUILDING OFFICIAL DATE
RECORDS COPY